Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Испанский
Немецкий
Русский

the+same+thing+in+a+different+form

Толкование Перевод

61 very

نَفْس \ same: not different; not another: We were born on the same day. His birthday is the same as mine. This is the same hat that I wore yesterday. If you’re having coffee, I’ll have the same. He thinks the same (thoughts) as I do. self: the actual person or thing: He told me himself or He himself told me. I asked the boy himself if he was willing. One must learn a thing oneself before one can teach it. very: (giving special force to the - est form of an adj.): This is the very worst thing that could happen: On that very day, I arrived home. He’s the very man that I need.

Arabic-English glossary > very
62 dar

v.

1 to give.

dar algo a alguien to give something to somebody, to give somebody something

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother

Ella me da dinero She gives me money.

Su elogio da ánimos His praise gives encouragement.

El negocio da muchas ganancias The business yields much profit.

2 to give, to produce.

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice

3 to have, to hold (fiesta, cena).

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in someone's honor

4 to turn or switch on (luz, agua, gas) (encender).

5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).

dan una película del oeste they're showing a western, there's a western on

6 to show.

dar muestras de sensatez to show good sense

7 to teach.

dar inglés/historia to teach English/history

8 to deal (repartir) (en naipes).

9 to strike (horas).

dieron las tres en el reloj three o'clock struck

10 to get, to catch.

11 to deliver, to render, to allot, to confer.

12 to feel.

Me da alegría I feel joy.

13 to be given, to be granted, to be offered, to be handed in.

Se nos dio una buena casa We were given a good house.

14 to give forth, to burst out.

Ella dio un grito She gave forth a cry.

15 to make one feel.

Eso da asco That makes one feel revolt.

16 to hit.

Da duro el sol en este lugar The sun hits hard in this place

17 to give up.

* * *

DAR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

doy, das, da, damos, dais, dan.

Past Indicative

di, diste, dio, dimos, disteis, dieron.

Present Subjunctive

dé, des, dé, demos, deis, den.

Imperfect Subjunctive

diera, dieras, diera, diéramos, dierais, dieran;

diese, dieses, diese, diésemos, dieseis, diesen.

Future Subjunctive

diere, dieres, diere, diéremos, diereis, dieren.

Imperative

da (tú), dé (él/Vd.), demos (nos.), dad (vos.), den (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to give

2) hit, strike

3) hand over, deliver

4) produce, yield

5) be enough

•

- dar a
- dar con
- dar contra
- dar por
- darse a
- darse de sí
- dárselas de
* * *
Para las expresiones dar importancia, dar ejemplo, dar las gracias, dar clases, dar a conocer, dar a entender, darse prisa, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar, conceder) [+ objeto, mensaje, permiso] to give; [+ naipes] to deal (out); [+ noticias] to give, tell

le dio un bocadillo a su hijo — he gave his son a sandwich

se lo di a Blanca — I gave it to Blanca

me dieron un diploma por mi buen comportamiento — I was given a diploma for good conduct

le dieron el primer premio — he was awarded {o} given first prize

déme dos kilos — I'll have two kilos, two kilos, please

• ir dando [cuerda] — to pay out rope

• dar los buenos [días] a algn — to say good morning to sb, say hello to sb

2) (=realizar) [+ paliza] to give; [+ paso] to take

dar un alarido — to shriek

dar una bofetada a algn — to slap sb

dar un golpe a algn — to hit sb

dio un golpe en la mesa — he banged on the table

dar un grito — to let out a cry, give a cry

dar un paseo — to go for a walk, take a walk

dar un suspiro — to heave {o} give a sigh, sigh

3) (=celebrar) [+ fiesta] to have, throw

la embajada dará una recepción — the embassy will hold a reception

4) (=encender) [+ luz] to turn on

¿has dado el gas? — have you turned on the gas?

5) (=presentar) [+ obra de teatro] to perform, put on; [+ película] to show, screen

dan una película de Almodóvar — there's an Almodóvar film on, they're showing {o} screening an Almodóvar film

¿qué dan hoy en la tele? — what's on TV tonight?

6) (=hacer sonar) [reloj] to strike

el reloj dio las tres — the clock struck three

ya han dado las ocho — it's past {o} gone eight o'clock

7) (=producir) [+ fruto] to bear; [+ ganancias, intereses] to yield

dar flores — to flower

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

una inversión que da un 7% de interés — an investment that pays {o} yields 7% interest

8) (=tener como resultado)

el cálculo dio 99 — the sum worked out at 99

el atleta dio positivo en el control antidoping — the athlete tested positive for drugs

9) (=hacer sentir) [+ placer] to give

me dio mucha alegría verla — I was very pleased to see her

las babosas me dan asco — I find slugs disgusting {o} revolting

este jersey me da demasiado calor — this jumper is too hot, I'm too hot in this jumper

da gusto hablar con él — he's really nice to talk to

tu padre me da miedo — I'm scared {o} frightened of your father

me da pena tener que tirarlo — it's a pity to have to throw it away

el vino me da sueño — wine makes me sleepy

10) * (=fastidiar) to ruin

vinieron a visitarme y me dieron la tarde — they came to visit and ruined my afternoon

¡me estás dando las vacaciones! — you're ruining the holiday for me!

11) dar por (=considerar) to consider

doy el asunto por concluido — I consider the matter settled, I regard the matter as settled

le dieron por desaparecido — they gave him up for lost

doy el dinero por bien empleado — I consider it money well spent

lo daba por seguro — he was sure {o} certain of it

lo podemos dar por terminado — we can consider it finished

12)

- ¡y dale!

- estar/seguir dale que dale o dale que te pego o dale y dale

la vecina está dale que dale al piano — our neighbour is pounding away at the piano

estoy dale que dale a este problema — I've been bashing away at this problem *

- a mí no me la das

- ¡ahí te las den todas!

- por si vienen mal dadas

para dar y tomar —

tenemos botellas para dar y tomar — we've got loads {o} stacks of bottles

aquí hay basura para dar y tomar — there's tons of rubbish here

- me da que...

me da que no va a venir — I have a feeling (that) he's not going to come

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar) to give

dame, yo te lo arreglo — give it here, I'll fix it for you

- a quien dan no escoge

2) (=entrar)

me dieron ganas de vomitar — I felt like being sick

si te da un mareo siéntate — if you feel giddy, sit down

le dio un fuerte dolor en el costado — he felt a sudden sharp pain in his side

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

3) (=importar)

¡qué más da!, ¡da igual! — it doesn't matter!, never mind!

¿qué más te da? — what does it matter to you?

¿qué más da un sitio que otro? — surely one place is as good as another!, it doesn't make any difference which place we choose

lo mismo da — it makes no difference {o} odds

me da igual, lo mismo me da, tanto me da — it's all the same to me, I don't mind

4) [seguido de preposición]
dar a (=estar orientado) [cuarto, ventana] to look out onto, overlook; [fachada] to face
mi habitación da al jardín — my room looks out onto {o} overlooks the garden
darle a (=hacer funcionar) [+ botón] to press; (=golpear) to hit; [+ balón] to kick
dale a la tecla roja — hit {o} press the red key

darle a la bomba — to pump, work the pump

dale más fuerte a la bomba — pump harder

¡dale! — hit him!

no es capaz de darle al balón de cabeza — he can't head the ball
dar con (=encontrar) [+ persona] to find; [+ idea, solución] to hit on, come up with
dimos con él dos horas más tarde — we found him two hours later

al final di con la solución — I finally hit on the solution, I finally came up with the solution

no doy con el nombre — I can't think of the name

• dar [consigo] en — to end up in

dio consigo en la cárcel — he ended up in jail
dar contra (=golpear) to hit
el barco dio contra el puente — the ship hit the bridge
dar de
dar de palos a algn — to give sb a beating

dar de puñetazos a algn — to punch sb

dar de barniz a algo — to varnish sth

• dar de [beber] a algn — to give sb something to drink

• dar de [comer] a algn — to feed sb

• dar de [sí] — [comida, bebida] to go a long way

lo que cada uno puede dar de sí — what each person can contribute
dar en [+ blanco, suelo] to hit; [+ solución] to hit on, come up with
el sol me da en la cara — the sun is in my eyes

• dar en [hacer] algo — to take to doing sth

han dado en llamarle Boko — they've taken to calling him Boko
darle a algn por hacer algo
le ha dado por no venir a clase — he has taken to cutting classes

les dio por venir a vernos — they took it into their heads to come and see us

últimamente le ha dado por el golf — he's taken up golf lately

al chico le daba por dormirse en la clase — the boy was always falling asleep in class

la casa que a alguien le dio por llamar Miramar — the house that someone had the bright idea of calling Miramar
dar para (=ser suficiente) to be enough for
con eso da para cuatro personas — this is enough for four people

mi pobre cabeza no da para más hoy — I don't think my poor head can take any more today

5) dar que hablar to set people talking

una película que da en qué pensar — a thought-provoking film, a film which gives you a lot to think about

3.

See:

darse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex. Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex. Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex. She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex. This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex. Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex. Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

----

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex: Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex: Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex: She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex: This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex: Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex: Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll, t

* * *

dar [ A25 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ dar (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A entregar

B regalar, donar

C en naipes

D

1 proporcionar

2 Música

E conferir, aportar

F

1 aplicar capa de barniz etc

2 dar: inyección etc

G

1 conceder prórroga etc

2 atribuir

3 pronosticando duración

4 dar: edad, años

H

1 expresar, decir

2 señalar, indicar

Sentido II

A producir

B rendir, alcanzar hasta

C causar, provocar

D arruinar, fastidiar

Sentido III

A presentar

B ofrecer, celebrar

C dar: conferencia

Sentido IV

A realizar la acción indicada

B dar: limpiada etc

Sentido V considerar

■ dar (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 entregar

2 en naipes

B ser suficiente, alcanzar

C

1 dar a: puerta etc

2 llegar hasta

3 estar orientado hacia

D comunicar

E arrojar un resultado

F importar

Sentido II

A

1 pegar, golpear

2 darle a algo: tarea

3 darle a algo: hacer uso de

4 acertar

B

1 darle a algo: accionar

2 mover

C

1 indicando insistencia

2 instando a alguien a hacer algo

D dar con

Sentido III

A acometer, sobrevenir

B

1 darle a alguien por algo

2 darle a alguien con algo

C dar en

D dar: sol, viento, luz

E acabar

■ darse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A producirse

B ocurrir

C resultar

Sentido II

A dedicarse, entregarse

B tratarse, ser sociable

Sentido III

A realizar la acción indicada

B

1 golpearse, pegarse

2 darse (de) golpes

3 darse (de) patadas etc

Sentido IV considerarse

vt

Sentido I

A (entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Jaime give the keys to Jaime, give Jaime the keys

se las di a Jaime I gave them to Jaime

dale esto a tu madre de mi parte give this to your mother from me

deme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? any advance on 500 dollars?

dar algo A + INF:

da toda la ropa a planchar/lavar she sends all her clothes to be ironed/washed, she has all her ironing/washing done for her

comer¹ vi A 2. (↑ comer (1)), conocer, entender¹ vt A 2. (↑ entender (1)), mamar

B (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? — te lo doy, yo no lo necesito can I borrow it? — you can have it o keep it, I don't need it

a mí nunca nadie me dio nada nobody's ever given me anything

daría cualquier cosa por que así fuera I'd give anything o ( colloq) I'd give my right arm for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman two can play at that game

estarlas dando ( Chi fam): entremos sin pagar, aquí las están dando let's just walk in without paying, they're asking for it ( colloq)

con ese profesor las están dando they get away with murder with that teacher ( colloq)

para dar y tomar or vender: coge los que quieras, tengo para dar y tomar or vender take as many as you want, I have plenty to spare o ( colloq) I've stacks of them

C (en naipes) to deal

¡me has dado unas cartas horribles! you've dealt o given me a terrible hand

D

1 (proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give

sus elogios me han dado ánimos his praise has given me encouragement o has encouraged me

eso me dio la idea para el libro that's where I got the idea for the book, that's what gave me the idea for the book

me dio un buen consejo she gave me some useful advice

mi familia no pudo darme una carrera my family weren't in a position to send me to o put me through university o to give me a university education

es capaz de robar si le dan la ocasión given the chance he's quite capable of stealing

pide que te den un presupuesto/más información ask them to give you o supply you with an estimate/more information

2 ( Música) to give

¿me das el la? can you give me an A?

E (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo a la plaza the lights gave the square a very festive atmosphere, the lights lent a very festive atmosphere to the square

les dio forma redondeada a las puntas he rounded off the ends

necesita algo que le dé sentido a su vida he needs something that will give his life some meaning

F

1 (aplicar) ‹capa de barniz/mano de pintura› to give

dale otra capa de barniz/otra mano de pintura give it another coat of varnish/paint

hay que darle cera al piso we have to wax the floor

dale una puntada para sujetarlo put a stitch in to hold it

2 ‹inyección/lavativa/sedante› to give, administer ( frml); ‹masaje› to give

G

1 (conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give

te doy hasta el jueves I'll give you until Thursday

¿quién te ha dado permiso para entrar allí? who gave you permission to go in there?, who said you could go in there?

si usted nos da permiso with your permission, if you will allow us

el dentista me ha dado hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron el tercer premio we won o got third prize, we were awarded third prize

al terminar el cursillo te dan un diploma when you finish the course you get a diploma

2

(atribuir): no le des demasiada importancia don't attach too much importance to it

yo le doy otra interpretación a ese pasaje I see o interpret that passage in a different way

tuvieron que darme la razón they had to admit I was right

3 (pronosticando duración) to give

no le dan ni dos meses de vida they've given him less than two months to live

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación I don't think they'll last more than a month together

4

( RPl) ‹edad/años› ¿cuántos años or qué edad le das? how old do you think o reckon she is?

yo no le daba más de 28 I didn't think he was more than 28

H

1

(expresar, decir): ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días she didn't even say hello

dales recuerdos de mi parte give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a algn to welcome sb

tenemos que ir a darles el pésame we must go and offer our condolences

me gustaría que me dieras tu parecer or opinión I'd like you to give me your opinion

le doy mi enhorabuena I'd like to congratulate you

¿me da la hora, por favor? have you got the time, please?

me tocó a mí darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him

te han dado una orden you've been given an order, that was an order

han dado orden de desalojar el edificio they've ordered that the building be vacated

2

(señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or ( Esp) comunicando the line's busy o ( BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

muestra

Sentido II

A

(producir): estos campos dan mucho grano these fields have a high grain yield

esta estufa da mucho calor this heater gives out a lot of heat

esta clase de negocio da mucho dinero there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% those bonds give a yield of 7%

los árboles han empezado a dar fruto the trees have begun to bear fruit

no le pudo dar un hijo she was unable to bear o give him a child

B

(rendir, alcanzar hasta): ¿cuánto da ese coche? how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

ha dado todo lo que el público esperaba de él he has lived up to the public's expectations of him

el coche venía a todo lo que daba the car was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast

C

(causar, provocar): la comida muy salada da sed salty food makes you thirsty

¡estos críos dan tanto trabajo! these kids are such hard work!

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿no te da calor esa camisa? aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste I can't bear o it hurts me to see her so sad

¡qué susto me has dado! you gave me such a fright!

me da no sé qué que se tenga que quedar sola I feel a bit funny about leaving her on her own

este coche no me ha dado problemas this car hasn't given me any trouble

ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc dar QUE + INF:

el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden

los niños dan que hacer children are a lot of work

lo que dijo me dio que pensar what he said gave me plenty of food for thought o plenty to think about

ver tb dar vi Sense III A.

D ( Esp fam) (arruinar, fastidiar) to spoil, ruin

Isabelita nos dio la noche we had an awful night thanks to little Isabel

Sentido III

A

(presentar): ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? ( colloq)

en el cine Avenida dan una película buenísima there's a really good movie on at the Avenida, they're showing a really good movie at the Avenida

ayer fuimos al teatro, daban una obra de Calderón we went to the theater yesterday, it was a play by Calderón

va a dar un concierto el mes que viene he's giving a concert next month

deja de gritar así, estás dando un espectáculo stop shouting like that, you're making a spectacle of yourself

B (ofrecer, celebrar) ‹fiesta› to give; ‹baile/banquete› to hold

C ‹conferencia› to give

dar examen (CS); to take o ( BrE) sit an exam

ver tb clase¹ f E. (↑ clase (1))

Sentido IV

A

(realizar la acción indicada): dieron lectura al comunicado they read out the communiqué

estuvo dando cabezadas durante toda la película he kept nodding off all through the film

dio un grito/un suspiro she shouted/sighed, she gave a shout/heaved a sigh

dio un paso atrás/adelante he took a step back/forward

(+ me/te/le etc): dame un beso/abrazo give me a kiss/hug

me dio un tirón del pelo he pulled my hair

golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

dársela a algn ( Esp fam); to take sb in, put one over on sb

dárselas a algn ( Chi fam); to beat sb up

B

‹limpiada/barrida/planchazo› con que le des una enjuagada alcanza just a quick rinse will do

hay que darle una barrida al suelo de la cocina the kitchen floor needs a sweep o needs sweeping

quiero darle otra leída a este capítulo ( AmL); I want to run o read through this chapter again

Sentido V (considerar) dar algo/a algn POR algo:

lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead

doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic

si le has prestado dinero ya lo puedes dar por perdido if you've lent him money you can kiss it goodbye

¿eso es lo que quieres? ¡dalo por hecho! is that what you want? consider it done! o ( AmE colloq) you got it!

si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado if I pass it will have been time well spent

sentado

■ dar

vi

Sentido I

A

1

(entregar): dame, yo te lo coso let me have it o give it here, I'll sew it for you

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? can I have some money for an ice cream?

2 (en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti it's your deal, it's your turn to deal

B (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar PARA algo/algn:

este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken is enough o will do for two meals

con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round

da para hablar horas y horas you could talk about it for hours

(+ me/te/le etc): eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that

no le da la cabeza para la física he hasn't much of a head for physics

no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time

dar de sí to stretch

me quedan un poco ajustados, pero ya darán de sí they're a bit tight on me, but they'll stretch o give

¡cuánto ha dado de sí esa botella de jerez! that bottle of sherry's gone a long way!

¡qué poco dan de sí seis euros! six euros don't go very far!

el pobre ya no da más de sí the poor guy's fit to drop

no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with

yo me voy, esto ya no da para más I'm leaving, this is a waste of time

ya no da para más or (CS) ya no da más de tanto trabajar he's worked himself into the ground

estoy que no doy más I'm all in ( colloq), I'm shattered o dead beat ( colloq), I'm pooped ( AmE colloq)

C dar a

1 «puerta/habitación» (comunicar con) to give on to

la puerta trasera da a un jardín/a la calle Palmar the back door opens o gives onto a garden/onto Palmar Street

todas las habitaciones dan a un patio all the rooms look onto o give onto a courtyard

2 (llegar hasta) «río» to go o flow into; «camino/sendero» to lead to

la calle va a dar directamente a la playa the street goes right down o leads straight to the beach

3 «fachada/frente» (estar orientado hacia) to face

la fachada principal da al sur the main facade faces south

la terraza da al mar the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

D

( RPl) (comunicar) darle a algn CON algn: ¿me das con Teresa, por favor? can I speak to Teresa, please?

en seguida le doy con el señor Seco I'll just put you through to Mr Seco

E

(arrojar un resultado): ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 ¿y a ti? I made it (to be) 247, how about you?

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo her test was positive/negative

F

(importar): ¿cuál prefieres? — da igual which do you prefer? — I don't mind

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿el jueves o el viernes? — a mí me da igual Thursday or Friday? — I don't mind o it doesn't matter o it doesn't make any difference to me o it's all the same to me

la sopa se ha enfriado un poco — ¡qué más da! the soup's gone a bit cold — never mind o it doesn't matter

¿qué más da un color que otro? surely one color is as good as another!, what difference does it make what color it is?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¡qué más le da a él que otros tengan que hacer su trabajo! what does he care if others have to do his work?

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? what difference does it make to you if he comes?, what's it to you if he comes? ( colloq)

no quiere venir — tanto da she doesn't want to come — it makes no difference o so what?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿a qué hora quieren cenar? — tanto nos da what time do you want to have dinner? — it's all the same to us o whenever

Sentido II

A

1 (pegar, golpear) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio en la cabeza it hit him on the head

dale al balón con fuerza kick the ball hard

¡te voy a dar yo a ti como no me obedezcas! you're going to get it from me if you don't do what I say ( colloq)

le dio con la regla en los nudillos she rapped his knuckles with the ruler

cuando te agarren te van a dar de palos when they get you they're going to give you a good beating

2 ( fam) (a una tarea, asignatura) darle A algo:

me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on o studying my English ( colloq)

vas a tener que darle más fuerte si quieres aprobar you're going to have to push yourself harder o put more effort into it if you want to pass

quiero darle un poco más a esta traducción antes de irme I want to do a bit more work on this translation before I go

3 ( fam) (hacer uso de) darle A algo:

¡cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o ( AmE) down the wine ( colloq)

¡cómo le han dado al queso! ¡ya casi no queda! they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! ( colloq)

¡cómo les has dado a estos zapatos! you've really been hard on these shoes!, you've worn these shoes out quickly!

lengua

4 (acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro to hit the target/the bull's-eye

clavo

B

1 (accionar) darle A algo:

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba push that lever up

le dio al interruptor she flicked the switch

le di a la manivela I turned the handle

dale al pedal press the pedal

tienes que darle a este botón/esta tecla you have to press this button/key

2 (mover) (+ compl):

dale al volante hacia la derecha turn the wheel to the right

dale para atrás ( Auto) back up

C

1 ( fam)

(indicando insistencia): ¡y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy there you go again! I've told you I'm not going ( colloq)

estuvo todo el día dale que dale con el clarinete he spent the whole day blowing away on his clarinet

¡y dale con lo de la edad! ¿qué importa eso? stop going on about her age! what does it matter?

¡dale que te pego! ( fam): he estado toda la mañana dale que te pego con esto I've been slaving away at this all morning

yo quiero olvidarlo y él ¡dale que te pego con lo mismo! I want to forget about it and he keeps on and on about it o he keeps banging on about it

2

( RPl fam) (instando a algn a hacer algo): dale, metete, el agua está lindísima come on, get in, the water's lovely

dale, prestámelo come on o go on, lend it to me

D dar con (encontrar) to find

por mucho que buscaron no dieron con él although they searched high and low they couldn't find him

creo que ya he dado con la solución I think I've hit upon o found the solution

cuando uno no da con la palabra adecuada when you can't come up with o find the right word

Sentido III

A (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio un mareo she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

como no se calle, me va a dar algo ( fam); if you don't shut up, I'm going to have a fit ( colloq)

¡me da una indignación cuando hace esas cosas …! I feel so angry when he does those things!

me da que ya no vienen ( fam); I have a (funny o sneaky) feeling they're not coming ( colloq)

ver tb dar vt Sense II C., escalofrío, frío² m B. (↑ frío (2)), gana, impresión, etc

B (hablando de ocurrencias, manías)

1 darle a algn POR algo:

le ha dado por decir que ya no lo quiero he's started saying that I don't love him any more

le ha dado por beber he's taken to drink, he's started drinking

le ha dado por el yoga she's got into yoga

¡menos mal que me dio por preguntar por cuánto saldría! it's just as well it occurred to me to ask o I thought to ask how much it would be!

darle a algn por ahí ( fam): ¿ahora hace pesas? — sí, le ha dado por ahí is he doing weights now? — yes, that's his latest craze o that's what he's into now

¿por qué lo hiciste? — no sé, me dio por ahí why did you do it? — I don't know, I just felt like it

cualquier día le da por ahí y la deja one of these days he'll just up and leave her

2 darle a algn CON algo:

le ha dado con que me conoce he's got it into his head he knows me

C dar en

(tender a): ha dado en salir acompañada por galanes jóvenes she has taken to being escorted in public by handsome young men

ha dado en esta locura she has got this crazy idea into her head

lo que se ha dado en llamar `drogodependencia' what has come to be known as `drug-dependence'

D

«sol/viento/luz»: aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here

siéntate aquí, donde da el sol sit down here in the sun

en esa playa da mucho el viento it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes

E

(acabar): ir/venir a dar: la pelota había ido a dar al jardín de al lado the ball had ended up in the next door garden

¿cómo habrá venido a dar esto aquí? how on earth did this get here?

■ darse

v pron

Sentido I

A (producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo wheat grows well in this area

B

(ocurrir) «caso/situación»: bien podría darse una situación así this kind of situation could well arise o occur

se dio la circunstancia de que la alarma estaba desconectada the alarm happened to be disconnected

para esto se tienen que dar las siguientes circunstancias this requires the following conditions

¿qué se da? ( fam); what's going on o happening? ( colloq)

C (resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):

se le dan muy bien los idiomas she's very good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? how are you at sewing?, how's your sewing?

Sentido II

A (dedicarse, entregarse) darse A algo:

se dio a la bebida she took to drink, she hit the bottle ( colloq)

se da a la buena vida he spends his time having fun o living it up

se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

B

( RPl) (tratarse, ser sociable) darse CON algn: no se da con la familia del marido she doesn't have much to do with her husband's family

Sentido III

A ( refl)

(realizar la acción indicada): voy a darme una ducha I'm going to take o have a shower

vamos a darnos un banquete we're going to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot

va dándoselas de rico y no tiene un duro he makes out he's rich but he hasn't got a penny

¿pero ése de qué se las da? si es un obrero como tú y yo who does he think he is? he's just another worker like you and me

no te las des de listo don't act so smart

B

1

(golpearse, pegarse): se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed o went into a tree

se va a dar un golpe en la cabeza/espalda he's going to hit o bump his head/hit his back

se dio con la nariz or de narices contra la puerta he ran/walked straight into the door, he went smack into the door ( colloq)

2 ( refl):

darse (de) golpes to hit oneself

¡podría darme (de) patadas! I could kick myself!

3 ( recípr):

se estaban dando (de) patadas/tortazos en plena calle they were kicking/punching each other right there on the street

Sentido IV (considerarse) darse POR algo:

con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that

no se dará por vencida hasta que lo consiga she won't give up until she gets it

puedes darte por contento de haber salido con vida you can count yourself lucky you weren't killed

no quiere darse por enterado he doesn't want to know

aludir vi 1. (↑ aludir)

* * *

dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( entregar) to give;

◊ dale las llaves a Pedro give the keys to Pedro;

déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

2
a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;

◊ me dio su reloj she gave me her watch

b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

‹información/idea› to give
3
a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
◊ el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday;

nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;

◊ el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

1
a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

‹ dividendos› to pay;
◊ un negocio que da mucho dinero a business which makes a lot of money

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
◊ dar trabajo to be hard work;

el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
◊ dar un paso atrás to take a step back;

dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dar algo/a algn por algo:
◊ lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead;

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
◊ dar a [ puerta] to give onto, open onto;

[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
◊ no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time;

dar de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
◊ el análisis le dio positivo her test was positive;

¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
◊ da lo mismo it doesn't matter;

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
a) (pegar, golpear): darle a algn to hit sb;

( como castigo) to smack sb;
◊ dale al balón kick the ball;

el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
b) ( acertar) to hit;

◊ dar en el blanco to hit the target

2 (accionar, mover) darle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
◊ dar con ( encontrar) ‹ persona› to find;

‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) darle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

5 [sol/luz]:
◊ aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here;

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se le dan los idiomas she's good at languages

a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

dárselas de listo to act smart
b) (golpearse, pegarse):

◊ se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer;

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) darse por algo:
◊ con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that;

ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
' dar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abasto
- abrigar
- acelerón
- acertar
- acogerse
- acomodar
- acreditar
- admitir
- aflojar
- agradecer
- alarma
- albergue
- alcance
- alerta
- alimentar
- alojamiento
- alta
- amagar
- apetecer
- apurar
- armar
- asesorar
- atinar
- baño
- batalla
- blanca
- blanco
- bola
- bote
- brazo
- brinco
- buena
- bueno
- cabezada
- cabida
- cada
- calabaza
- calentar
- callar
- callada
- callo
- campanada
- cancha
- cante
- cara
- carpetazo
- carrete
- casar
- chivatazo
- citar
English:
about-face
- about-turn
- act up
- advance
- amplify
- announce
- around
- attach
- attest
- back
- backpedal
- barge into
- bear
- beat
- beat up
- beg
- begrudge
- birth
- block
- bluster
- bolster
- bop
- boss about
- boss around
- bother
- bounce
- bound
- breast-feed
- brief
- buff
- bull's-eye
- butt
- call
- chase down
- checkmate
- cheer
- chime
- circle
- clout
- coach
- come across
- credence
- day
- deal
- death
- deliver
- deposit
- direct
- discharge
- disgust

* * *

dar

♦ vt

1. [entregar, otorgar] to give;

dar algo a alguien to give sth to sb, to give sb sth;

da parte de sus ingresos a los necesitados she gives o donates part of her income to the poor;

dame el azúcar, por favor could you pass o give me the sugar, please?;

¡dámelo! give it to me!, give me it!;

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother;

daría cualquier cosa por saber lo que piensa I'd give anything to know what he's thinking

2. [pagar] to give;
[ofrecer en pago] to offer;
¿cuánto te dieron por la casa? how much did they give you for the house?;

el concesionario me da 2.000 euros por la moto vieja the dealer's offering 2,000 euros for my old motorbike;

300 dólares, ¿quién da más? [en subasta] is there any advance on 300 dollars?

3. [proporcionar] to give, to provide with;

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice;

este color le da un aspecto diferente a la habitación this colour makes the room look different;

le di instrucciones de cómo llegar a casa I gave her directions for getting to my house;

no nos dio ninguna explicación sobre su ausencia he didn't give us o provide us with any explanation for his absence;

le dimos ánimos para que siguiera con su trabajo we encouraged her to continue with her work;

su familia hizo un gran esfuerzo por darle estudios universitarios his family went to a great deal of effort to enable him to go to university

4. [conceder] to give;

le han dado el Premio Nobel she has been awarded o given the Nobel Prize;

le dieron una beca he was awarded o given a grant;

yo no le daría demasiada importancia I wouldn't attach too much importance to it;

al final me dieron la razón in the end they accepted that I was right;

le dieron una semana más para presentar el informe they gave o allowed him one more week to hand in the report;

me dieron permiso para ir al médico I got o was allowed time off work to go to the doctor;

¿da su permiso para entrar? may I come in?;

nos dieron facilidades de pago they offered us easy payment terms;

los médicos no le dan más de seis meses de vida the doctors don't give him more than six months (to live);

¿qué interpretación das a este descubrimiento? how would you interpret this discovery?

5. [decir]
dar los buenos días to say hello;

dar la bienvenida a alguien to welcome sb;

le di las gracias por su ayuda I thanked her for her help;

fuimos a darles el pésame we went to offer them our condolences;

dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards, say hello to him from me;

dale la enhorabuena give her my congratulations;

me dio su opinión al respecto he gave me his opinion on the matter;

¿quién le dará la noticia? who's going to tell o give her the news?

6. [producir] to give, to produce;
[frutos, flores] to bear; [beneficios, intereses] to yield;
estas vacas dan mucha leche these cows produce a lot of milk;

esta cuenta da un 5 por ciento de interés this account offers a 5 percent interest rate, this account bears interest at 5 percent;

esta lámpara da mucha luz this light is very bright;

le dio tres hijos she bore him three children

7. [provocar] to give;

me da vergüenza/pena it makes me ashamed/sad;

me da risa it makes me laugh;

me da miedo it frightens me;

¡me da una rabia que me traten así! it infuriates me that they should treat me in this way!;

me dio un susto tremendo she gave me a real fright;

el viaje me dio mucho sueño the journey made me really sleepy;

da gusto leer un libro tan bien escrito it's a pleasure to read such a well-written book;

los cacahuetes dan mucha sed peanuts make you very thirsty;

este paseo me ha dado hambre this walk has made me hungry o given me an appetite;

estas botas dan mucho calor these boots are very warm

8. [luz, agua, gas] [encender] to turn o switch on;
[suministrar por primera vez] to connect; [suministrar tras un corte] to turn back on
9. [fiesta, cena] to have, to hold;

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in sb's honour;

darán una recepción después de la boda there will be a reception after the wedding

10. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal

11. [sujeto: reloj] to strike;

el reloj dio las doce the clock struck twelve

12. Cine, Teatro & TV to show;
[concierto, interpretación] to give;
¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? – dan una película del oeste what's on the TV tonight? – they're showing a western o there's a western on;

dieron la ceremonia en directo they broadcast the ceremony live

13. [propinar]
le di una bofetada I slapped him, I gave him a slap;

dio una patada a la pelota he kicked the ball;

darle un golpe/una puñalada a alguien to hit/stab sb

14. [untar con, aplicar]
dar una capa de pintura al salón to give the living-room a coat of paint;

dar barniz a una silla to varnish a chair

15. [señales, indicios] to show;

dar pruebas de sensatez to show good sense;

dar señales de vida to show signs of life

16. [enseñar] to teach;
[conferencia] to give;
dar inglés/historia to teach English/history;

dio una clase muy interesante she gave a very interesting class;

mañana no daremos clase there won't be a class tomorrow

17. Esp [recibir] [clase] to have;

doy clases de piano con una profesora francesa I have piano classes with a French piano teacher;

doy dos clases de francés a la semana I have two French classes a week

18. [expresa acción]
dar un grito to give a cry;

dar un suspiro to sigh, to give a sigh;

dar un vistazo a to have a look at;

dio lectura a los resultados de la elección she read out the election results;

cuando se enteró de la noticia, dio saltos de alegría when he heard the news, he jumped for joy;

voy a dar un paseo I'm going (to go) for a walk

19. Esp Fam [fastidiar] to ruin;

es tan pesado que me dio la tarde he's so boring that he ruined the afternoon for me;

el bebé nos da las noches con sus lloros the baby never lets us get a decent night's sleep

20. [considerar]
dar algo por to consider sth as;

eso lo doy por hecho I take that for granted;

doy por sentado que vendrás a la fiesta I take it for granted that o I assume you'll be coming to the party;

doy por explicado este periodo histórico that's all I want to say about this period of history;

doy esta discusión por terminada I consider this discussion to be over;

dar a alguien por muerto to give sb up for dead

21. Fam [presentir]
me da que no van a venir I have a feeling they're not going to come

22. RP [inyección] to give

23. Comp

donde las dan las toman you get what you deserve;

no dar una to get everything wrong

♦ vi

1. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal;

me toca dar a mí it's my deal

2. [entregar]
dame, que ya lo llevo yo give it to me, I'll carry it

3. [horas] to strike;

dieron las tres three o'clock struck

4. [golpear]
le dieron en la cabeza they hit him on the head;

la piedra dio contra el cristal the stone hit the window;

como no te portes bien, te voy a dar if you don't behave, I'll smack you

5. [accionar]
dar a [llave de paso] to turn;
[botón, timbre] to press;
dale al control remoto hit the remote control;

dale al pedal press down on the pedal;
Informát
dale a la tecla de retorno hit o press return;

dale a la manivela turn the handle

6. [estar orientado]
dar a [sujeto: ventana, balcón] to look out onto, to overlook;
[sujeto: pasillo, puerta] to lead to; [sujeto: casa, fachada] to face;
todas las habitaciones dan al mar all the rooms look out onto o face the sea

7. [sujeto: luz, viento]
el sol daba de lleno en la habitación the sunlight was streaming into the room;

la luz me daba directamente en la cara the light was shining directly in my face;

aquí da mucho viento it's very windy here

8. [encontrar]
dar con algo/alguien to find sth/sb;

he dado con la solución I've hit upon the solution

9. [proporcionar]
dar de beber a alguien to give sb something to drink;

da de mamar a su hijo she breast-feeds her son

10. [ser suficiente]
dar para to be enough for;

Comp

no dar ni para pipas: ¡eso no te da ni para pipas! that's not even enough to buy a bag of peanuts!

11. [motivar]
esta noticia va a dar mucho que hablar this news will set people talking;

aquello me dio que pensar that made me think

12. [importar]
¡y a ti qué más te da! what's it to you?;

me da igual o [m5] lo mismo it's all the same to me, I don't mind o care;

no vamos a poder ir al cine – ¡qué más da! we won't be able to go to the cinema – never mind!;

y si no lo conseguimos, ¿qué más da? if we don't manage it, so what?;

¡qué más da quién lo haga con tal de que lo haga bien! what does it matter o what difference does it make who does it as long as they do it properly?;

lo siento, no voy a poder ayudar – da igual, no te preocupes I'm sorry but I won't be able to help – it doesn't matter, don't worry;

¿vamos o nos quedamos? – da lo mismo should we go or should we stay? – it doesn't make any difference

13. [acertar]
dio en el blanco she hit the target;

diste en el blanco, hay que intentar reducir las pérdidas you hit the nail on the head, we have to try and reduce our losses

14. [tomar costumbre]
le ha dado por el yoga he's decided to go in for yoga;

ahora le ha dado por no comer fruta now she's decided not to eat fruit;

le dio por ponerse a cantar en medio de la clase he took it into his head to start singing in the middle of the class;

¿está aprendiendo ruso? – sí, le ha dado por ahí is she learning Russian? – yes, that's her latest thing;
Formal
dar en hacer algo to take to doing sth;

el viejo dio en leer libros de caballería the old man took to reading books on chivalry

15. [expresa repetición]
le dieron de palos they beat him repeatedly with sticks

16. [afectar]
le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

17.
dar de sí [ropa, calzado] to give, to stretch;

no dar más de sí o [m5] para más [persona, animal] not to be up to much any more;

este sueldo da mucho de sí this salary goes a long way;

estos zapatos no dan para más these shoes have had it;

es un poco tonto, no da para más he's a bit stupid, he's not up to anything else

18. [expresa enfado]
te digo que pares y tú, ¡dale (que dale)! I've told you to stop, but you just carry on and on!;

¡y dale con la música! there he goes again, playing loud music!;

te hemos dicho que no menciones el tema, y tú, dale que te pego we've told you not to mention the subject, but you just carry on regardless o but here you are, bringing it up again;

¡y dale! te lo he dicho bien claro, no voy a ir how many times do I have to tell you? o I've said it once and I'll say it again, I'm not going

19. RP [comunicar]
¿me darías con tu madre? could I speak to your mother?, could you put your mother on?;

le doy con el Sr. Hualde I'll put you through to Mr Hualde

20. Comp
Fam
para dar y tomar: había cerveza para dar y tomar there was loads of beer;
Fam
darle a: ¡cómo le da a la cerveza! he certainly likes his beer!;
Fam
darle algo a alguien: si no se calla me va a dar algo if he doesn't shut up soon, I'll go mad;

si sigues trabajando así te va a dar algo you can't go on working like that;
Esp muy Fam
¡que le den!: ¿que no quiere cooperar? ¡que le den! he doesn't want to co-operate? well, stuff him!

♦ See also the pronominal verb darse

* * *

dar

<part dado>

I v/t

1 give; fiesta give, have;

dar un salto/una patada jump/kick, give a jump/kick;

dar miedo a frighten;

el jamón me dio sed the ham made me thirsty;

dar de comer/beber a alguien give s.o. something to eat/drink

2 fruta bear; luz give off; beneficio yield

3 película show, screen

4

:

el reloj dio las tres the clock struck three

5

:

¡dale (que dale)! fam don’t keep on! fam ;

y siguió dale que te pego fam and he kept on and on

II v/i

1 give; de cartas en juego deal;

dame give it to me, give me it

2

:

dar a de ventana look onto

3

:

dar con algo/alguien come across sth/s.o., find sth/s.o.;

no di con el nombre I couldn’t think of the name

4

:

dar de sí de material stretch, give;

dar para be enough for;

no da para más it’s past its best

5

:

le dio por insultar a su madre fam she started insulting her mother

6

:

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;

da igual it doesn’t matter

7

:

dar contra o

en algo hit sth;

el sol le daba en la cara he had the sun in his eyes, the sun was in his eyes

8

:

dar por muerto a alguien give s.o. up for dead

9

:

dar que hablar give people something to talk about;

da que pensar it makes you think, it gives you something to think about

* * *

dar {22} vt

1) : to give

2) entregar: to deliver, to hand over

3) : to hit, to strike

4) : to yield, to produce

5) : to perform

6) : to give off, to emit

7)

dar como or

dar por : to regard as, to consider

dar vi

1) alcanzar: to suffice, to be enough

no me da para dos pasajes: I don't have enough for two fares

2)

dar a or

dar sobre : to overlook, to look out on

3)

dar con : to run into

4)

dar con : to hit upon (an idea)

5)

dar de sí : to give, to stretch

♦ See also the reflexive verb darse

* * *

dar vb

1. (en general) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]

dale esta carta a tu madre give this letter to your mother

me has dado una idea you've given me an idea

me dio permiso para ir a la excursión he gave me permission to go on the trip

¿cuánto me das por lavarte el coche? how much will you give me for washing your car?

2. (poner en las manos) to pass

me puedes ayudar dándome los libros you can help me by passing me the books

3. (pedir en una tienda)

¿me da un kilo de naranjas, por favor? could I have a kilo of oranges, please?

4. (poner en la televisión) to be on

esta noche dan una película estupenda en la tele there's a great film on TV tonight

5. (ofrecer fiesta) to have

los García dan una fiesta the Garcías are having a party

6. (impartir clases) to teach [pt. & pp. taught]

da clases de inglés she teaches English

7. (tener ataque, enfermedad) to have

le ha dado un ataque de asma she had an asthma attack

8. (producir fruto, flores) to bear [pt. bore; pp. borne]

el peral da peras the pear tree bears pears

9. (sonar las horas) to strike [pt. & pp. struck]

el reloj dio las ocho the clock struck eight

ya han dado las diez it's gone ten o'clock

10. (encender, conectar) to turn on

¿has dado el gas? have you turned the gas on?

11. (chocar, golpear) to hit [pt. & pp. hit]

la pelota dio contra el cristal the ball hit the window

12. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]

me dio las buenas noches he said goodnight to me / he wished me goodnight

le di las gracias I thanked him

dar a to overlook / to look onto

esta habitación da a la calle this room overlooks the street

dar a entender to imply [pt. & pp. implied]

dar a luz to give birth [pt. gave; pp. given]

dio a luz a una niña preciosa she gave birth to a beautiful little girl

dar de comer to feed [pt. & pp. fed]

dar igual not to matter / not to mind

da igual it doesn't matter

me da igual I don't mind

¿qué más da? what difference does it make?

Spanish-English dictionary > dar
63 EK

I) pers. pron. I;

in poetry and old prose a pronominal k is suffixed to the verb, emk = em ek, vask = vas ek; sák = sá ek; mundak = munda ek; even if preceded by ek: ek sék, ek sitk; a preceding g becomes by assimilation k, hykk = hygg ek; the pronominal k is inserted between the suffixed negative, -a or -at, and the verb, sáka = sá ek-a, I saw not; veitka = veit ek-a, I know not.

II) from aka.

* * *

pers. pron., mod. eg, proncd. ég or jeg; eg occurs as early as in MSS. of the 15th century, Arna-Magn. 556 A; jak, Fms. x. 287, cp. the mod. Swed. form and the mod. Icel. jeg; old poets make it rhyme with ek, as, Halldórr ok ek | höfum engi þrek, Korm. 154 (in a verse), cp. Ld. 108: [Ulf. ïk, but ek on the Golden horn and on the stone in Tune; A. S. ic; Engl. I; Germ. ich; old Swed. jak, mod. jag; Dan. jeg; cp. Lat. ego, Gr. ἐγώ]:—I, Nj. 10, 30, 132, etc.

2. in poetry and old prose a pronominal ‘k or ‘g is suffixed to the verb; em’k búinn annan í at nefna, Grág. i. 103; ek em’k, 623. 56, Blas. 41, Mork. 89, 94, 99, 104, Vþm. 8, Ls. 14, Ad. 1, Post. 645. 33; jók’k, ‘I eked’ ( added), Íb. (pref.); vas’k þar fjórtán vetr, ch. 9; þá er ek var’k á bænum, Blas. 40, Hm. 12; ek bað’k, Post. 645. 54; ek kom’k, Skm. 18; ek sit’k, Mork. 168; ek finn’k, 141; ek nam’k, 73; sá’k, 75; ek sé’k ( video), 103, 168, Fms. xi. 110; mun’k-at ek, Mork. 50; svá ek vind’k, Hm. 156; ok rít’k á þessa lund, Skálda (Thorodd) 166; sjá’k ( sim), Mork. 183: g before k becomes by assimilation k, e. g. hyk’k = hygg’k, Skm. 5: the pronominal k is inserted between the suffixed negative and the verb, ek skal’k-a, hef’k-a, mon’k-a, sa’k-a, ma’k-a, veit’k-a, or skal’k-a ek, hef’k-a ek, etc.: even a double k after a diphthong, siá’kk ( sim), Mork. 89, 134, but chiefly in poetry with the suffixed negative, e. g. ek sé’kk-a: this form is obsolete, whereas the suffixed g (or k) in bisyllables or after a vowel is more freq.; svá at ek fæ’k eigi leyzt mik, Edda 20; er ek vilda’g helzt, Fms. xi. 146; eigi munda’k trúa, Edda 32; ef ek lifi ok mega’k ráða, 34; þá hafða’k bundit með gresjarni, id.; sem önga frægð muna’k af hljóta, 20; sýnda’k bæði þeim ok Sæmundi, Íb. (pref.); þá er ek var heima heyrða’k sagt, Edda 81; er ek aeva kenni’g, Hm. 164; draums ætli’g þér, Hdl. 7; þorða’g, Ad. 1; ræka’g, mætta’g, Stor. 8; sky’t ek ok ræ’k (ræ’g, v. l.), Fms. vi. 170 (in a verse); líkara at ek vitja’g hingat þessa heita, Eg. 319; næða’k (or næða’g), if I could reach, Eb. 70 (in a verse); at ek nemni þá menn alla ok beiði’g, Grág. ii. 317; vilja’k, I will, Ht. 1; þvíat ek ætla’g, Ó. H. 59; ok náða’k svá öllu ríki þeirra, 74; þvíat ek trúi’k yðr bezt, 88; ek setta’k, Mork. 62; flytta’k, 94; geri’k, heyrða’k, 36; mæli’g, 39; ek vetti’g, 175; tefli’g, 186; setta’g, lagða’g, id.; vilda’g, 193; vide Lex. Poët. and the word ‘-at’ [p. 2]: sometimes a double pronoun occurs, g and k, mátti’g-a’k, Og. 32; bjargi’g-a’k, Hm. 153; stöðvi’g-a’k, 151; hversu ek má’k, Fms. vi. 102; vide Lex. Poët. and Frump. 228 sqq.

B. DAT. AND ACC. are from a different root:—dat. mér, [Ulf. mis; Germ. mir; lost in Dan.], Nj. 10, etc. etc.; acc. mik, mod. mig, which form occurs even in MSS. at the beginning of the 14th century, e. g. Hauks-bók: mek occurs now and then in MSS., e. g. O. H. L., N. G. L., Sks. B, else it is rare and obsolete, Al. 42, Ó. H. 107, [Ulf. mik; A. S. mec; Engl. me; Germ. mich; Dan. mig.] As the word is so common, we shall only mention the use of mik which is special to the Scandinavian tongue, viz. its use as a verbal suffix. The ancients had a double form for the reflexive; for 1st pers. -mk, i. e. mik suffixed to the plur. of the verb; for the 3rd pers. -sk, i. e. sik suffixed to sing. and plur. alike; thus, ek (vér) þykkjumk, I (we) seem to myself ( ourselves); but hann þykkisk, he seems to himself; þeir þykkjask, they seem to themselves: the -mk was later changed into -mz, or - mst of editions and mod. use; but this is a grammatical decay, as if both - mst and -st (þykjumst and þykist) arose from the same reflex. sik.

1. the subject may be another person or thing (plur. or sing.) and the personal pronoun mik suffixed as object to the verb, a kind of middle voice found in very old poems, and where it occurs freq. it is a test of antiquity; in prose it is quite obsolete: jötna vegir stóðum’k yfir ok undir, the ways of giants (i. e. precipices) stood above and beneath me, Hm. 106; er lögðum’k arm yfir, the lass who laid her arms round me, 108; mögr hétum’k fögru, my son promised me fair, Egil; hilmir buðum’k löð (acc.), the king gave me leave, i. e. bade me, sing, Höfuðl. 2; úlfs bagi gáfum’k íþrótt, the wolf’s foe ( Odin) gave me the art ( poetry), Stor. 23; Ragnarr gáfum’k reiðar mána, R. gave me the shield, Bragi; þat erum’k sýnt, it is shewn to me, id.; stöndum’k ilmr fyrir yndi, the lass blights my joy, Kormak; hugr tjáðum’k, courage helped me, Egil; snertum’k harmr við hjarta, grief touches me to the heart, Landn.; stöndum’k til hjarta hjörr, the sword pierces me to the heart, Fm. i; feldr brennum’k, my cloak catches fire, Gm. 1; draum dreymðum’k, I dreamed a dream; grimt várum’k hlið, the gap ( breach) was terrible to me, Stor. 6; hálf ván féllum’k, half my hope failed me, Gráfeldar-drápa; heiðnir rekkar hnekðum’k, the heathen men turned me out, Sighvat; dísir hvöttum’k at, the ‘dísir’ hooted us, Hðm. 29; gumi görðum’k at vigi, the man made us fight, id.; lyst várum’k, it list me, Am. 74: very common is erum’k, ‘tis to me (us); erum’k van, I (we) have to expect; mjök erum’k tregt tungu at hræra, ‘tis hard for me to move the tongue, i. e. the tongue cleaves to my mouth, Stor. 1, 17, Ad. 16.

2. sometimes oneself is the subject, freq. in prose and poetry, either in deponent verbs or as reflex. or recipr.; at vit skilim’k sáttir, Ó. H. 119; at vér komim’k, that we shall come, 85; finnum’k hér þá, 108; ef vér finnum’k, 111; ek skildum’k við Ólaf konung, 126; ef ek komum’k í braut, 140; sigrom’k, if I gain the victory, 206; æðrom’k, 214; ef ek öndum’k, if I die, Eg. 127; ek berum’k, I bear myself, Grág. ii. 57, Mork. passim; ek þykkjum’k, þóttum’k, ráðum’k, látum’k, setjum’k, bjóðum’k, skildum’k, kveljum’k, etc., = ek þykisk, þóttisk, ræðsk, lætsk, setsk, býðsk, skildisk, kvelsk, etc.: even at the present day the forms eg þykjumst, þóttumst are often used in writing; in other words the suffix - mst (-mk) is almost obsolete.

β. the obsolete interjection er mik = I am; vel er mik, well is me (= ‘bless me!’), O. H. L. 71; æ er mik, ah me! 64; kendr er mik, I am known, 66: with a reflex. notion, hvat er mik at því, what is that to me? Skv. 1. 28; er mik þat undir frétt þeirri, that is my reason for asking, Grág. i. 19:—this ‘er mik’ is clearly the remains of the old erum’k.

C. DUAL AND PLUR. also from a different root:

1. dual vit, mod. við, a Norse form mit also occurs, Al. 170, 171, [cp. mi, Ivar Aasen]:—we two; gen. and dat. from a different root, okkar and okkr, [cp. Goth. ïggqis; A. S. inc and incer; O. H. G. inch and inchar; Ivar Aasen dikke and dykk]:—our.

2. plur.:

α. nom. vér and vær, the last form now obsolete, [Goth. veis; A. S. and Engl. we; Germ. wir; Dan. vi]:—we.

β. gen. vár, mod. vor, Eg. 524, Fms. viii. 213, 398, etc.

γ. dat. and acc. oss, [Goth. uns (acc.), unsis (dat.); A. S. us; Germ. uns; Swed. oss; Dan. os]:—us: it need only be noticed that in mod. familiar usage the dual—við, okkr, okkar—has taken the place of the plural, vér, oss; but that in written books the forms vér, oss are still in freq. use, except in light or familiar style; old writers, on the other hand, made a clear distinction both in speech and writing.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EK
64 turn

tə:n
1. verb
1) (to (make something) move or go round; to revolve: The wheels turned; He turned the handle.) girar

2) (to face or go in another direction: He turned and walked away; She turned towards him.) dar media vuelta, girarse

3) (to change direction: The road turned to the left.) girar

4) (to direct; to aim or point: He turned his attention to his work.) dirigir; desviar

5) (to go round: They turned the corner.) doblar

6) (to (cause something to) become or change to: You can't turn lead into gold; At what temperature does water turn into ice?) volverse, convertirse, transformarse

7) (to (cause to) change colour to: Her hair turned white; The shock turned his hair white.) volverse

2. noun
1) (an act of turning: He gave the handle a turn.) giro

2) (a winding or coil: There are eighty turns of wire on this aerial.) vuelta

3) ((also turning) a point where one can change direction, eg where one road joins another: Take the third turn(ing) on/to the left.) curva, recodo

4) (one's chance or duty (to do, have etc something shared by several people): It's your turn to choose a record; You'll have to wait your turn in the bathroom.) turno

5) (one of a series of short circus or variety acts, or the person or persons who perform it: The show opened with a comedy turn.) número

•

- turning-point
- turnover
- turnstile
- turntable
- turn-up
- by turns
- do someone a good turn
- do a good turn
- in turn
- by turns
- out of turn
- speak out of turn
- take a turn for the better
- worse
- take turns
- turn a blind eye
- turn against
- turn away
- turn back
- turn down
- turn in
- turn loose
- turn off
- turn on
- turn out
- turn over
- turn up

turn¹ n

1. turno

it's your turn to bat te toca a ti batear

2. calle

take the next turn on the left coge la próxima calle a la izquierda

to take it in turns turnarse

we took it in turns to wash up nos turnábamos para fregar los platos

turn² vb

1. girar / dar vueltas

turn the knob to open the door gira el pomo para abrir la puerta

2. girar / torcer

turn right at the traffic lights en el semáforo, gira a la derecha

3. dar la vuelta

turn it the other way up dale la vuelta

4. pasar / volver

he turned the page pasó la página

5. volverse / darse la vuelta

she turned and looked at me se volvió y me miró

6. volverse / ponerse

she turned red se puso roja

the leaves turn yellow in autumn las hojas se vuelven amarillas en otoño

to turn a corner doblar la esquina

turn

tr[tɜːn]

noun

1 (act of turning) vuelta

2 (change of direction) giro, vuelta; (bend) curva, recodo

■ take the second turn on the left tome la segunda a la izquierda

3 (chance, go) turno

■ whose turn is it? ¿a quién le toca?

■ we took turns at driving nos turnamos para conducir

■ you have to wait your turn tienes que esperar tu turno

4 (change) cambio, giro

■ things have taken a turn for the worse las cosas han empeorado

■ events have taken a strange turn los acontecimientos han dado un giro extraño

5 (short walk) vuelta, paseo

6 (attack of illness) ataque nombre masculino; (shock) susto

7 (act of kindness, favour) favor nombre masculino

8 SMALLTHEATRE/SMALL (act) número

transitive verb

1 (rotate) girar, hacer girar, dar la vuelta a

■ turn the key gira la llave

2 (page) pasar, volver; (soil) revolver; (ankle) torcer

3 (cause to change direction) girar, dar la vuelta a

■ turn right at the next traffic lights gira a la derecha en el próximo semáforo

■ he turned the corner dobló en la esquina

■ about turn! ¡media vuelta!

4 (invert) darle la vuelta a

5 (change) convertir, transformar, volver; (milk) agriar; (stomach) revolver

■ they turned the cinema into a bingo hall convirtieron el cine en un bingo

■ Jesus turned the water into wine Jesús transformó el agua en vino

■ they turned the book into a film adaptaron el libro al cine

■ it turned her into a different person la convirtió en una persona diferente, la convirtió en otra persona

6 (pass) pasar

■ it's turned twelve pasan de las doce, son más de las doce, son las doce pasadas

■ he's turned sixty ya ha cumplido los sesenta

7 (fold) doblar

8 (shape) tornear, labrar en un torno

intransitive verb

1 (revolve) girar, dar vueltas

■ the wheels turned slowly las ruedas giraron despacio

2 (change direction - person) girarse, dar la vuelta, volverse; (- car) girar, torcer; (- plane, ship) virar; (- tide) repuntar

■ she turned and looked at me se giró y me miró

■ I tossed and turned all night long me estuve revolviendo toda la noche

■ the car turned left el coche giró a la izquierda

■ the road turns to the right here aquí la carretera tuerce a la derecha

3 (become) hacerse, ponerse, volverse; (milk) agriarse, cortarse

■ my hair's turning grey me están saliendo canas

■ the traffic light turned green el semáforo se puso en verde

■ she turns red easily se pone colorada fácilmente

■ he can turn quite nasty a veces se pone feo

■ it has turned from a small fishing village into a tourist resort de pueblecito de pescadores se ha convertido en centro turístico

■ caterpillars turn into butterflies las orugas se convierten en mariposas

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

at every turn a cada paso, a cada momento

by turns / in turns por turnos, sucesivamente

in turn a su vez, por su parte

on the turn a punto de cambiar

one good turn deserves another favor con favor se paga

out of turn fuera de lugar

to be badly turned out ir mal vestido,-a

to be done to a turn / be cooked to a turn estar en su punto

to be well turned out ir bien vestido,-a

to do somebody a good turn hacerle un favor a alguien

to do somebody a bad turn hacer un mala pasada a alguien

to take it in turns turnarse

to turn free dejar en libertad, soltar

to turn one's hand to something dedicarse a algo

to turn somebody's head afectar mucho a alguien

■ success has turned his head el éxito se le ha subido a la cabeza

to turn something inside out (back to front) dar la vuelta a 2 (make a mess) revolver

■ she turned the jeans inside out les dio la vuelta a los tejanos

■ they turned the house inside out, but they couldn't find it revolvieron toda la casa, pero no lo encontraron

turn and turn about por turnos

turn of phrase manera de expresarse

turn of the century finales nombre masculino plural de siglo

turn of the screw vuelta del tornillo

turn ['tərn] vt

1) : girar, voltear, volver

to turn one's head: voltear la cabeza

she turned her chair toward the fire: giró su asiento hacia la hoguera

2) rotate: darle vuelta a, hacer girar

turn the handle: dale vuelta a la manivela

3) sprain, wrench: dislocar, torcer

4) upset: revolver (el estómago)

5) transform: convertir

to turn water into wine: convertir el agua en vino

6) shape: tornear (en carpintería)

turn vi

1) rotate: girar, dar vueltas

2) : girar, doblar, dar una vuelta

turn left: doble a la izquierda

to turn around: dar la media vuelta

3) become: hacerse, volverse, ponerse

4) sour: agriarse, cortarse (dícese de la leche)

5)

to turn to : recurrir a

they have no one to turn to: no tienen quien les ayude

turn n

1) : vuelta f, giro m

a sudden turn: una vuelta repentina

2) change: cambio m

3) curve: curva f (en un camino)

4) : turno m

they're awaiting their turn: están esperando su turno

whose turn is it?: ¿a quién le toca?

turn (in lathe)

v.

• tornear v. (sth.) up

expr.

• descubrir (algo) v.

v.

• cambiar v.

• dar vueltas a v.

• doblar v.

• girar v.

• recurrir v.

• torcer v.

• tornar v.

• virar v.

• volver v.

n.

• cambio s.m.

• curva s.f.

• giro s.m.

• lance s.m.

• recodo s.m.

• retortero s.m.

• revuelto s.m.

• sesgo s.m.

• torneado s.m.

• torno s.m.

• turno s.m.

• vez s.f.

• viraje s.m.

• vuelta s.f.

tɜːrn, tɜːn
I

noun

1)

a) ( rotation) vuelta f

give it another turn — dale otra vuelta

a half turn — media vuelta

to a turn: the meat was done to a turn — la carne estaba hecha a la perfección, la carne estaba en su punto justo

b) ( change of direction) vuelta f, giro m

no left turn — prohibido girar or doblar or torcer a la izquierda

c) ( bend) curva f; ( turning)

take the next left/right turn — tome or (esp Esp) coja or (esp AmL) agarre la próxima a la izquierda/derecha

at every turn — a cada paso, a cada momento

d) (change, alteration)

a turn in the weather — un cambio en el tiempo

this dramatic turn of events — este dramático giro de los acontecimientos

events took an unexpected turn — los acontecimientos dieron un giro inesperado

to take a turn for the better — empezar* a mejorar

to take a turn for the worse — empeorar, ponerse* peor

the turn of the century — el final del siglo ( y el principio del siguiente)

to be on the turn — \<\<events/tide\>\> estar* cambiando; \<\<leaves\>\> estar* cambiando de color; \<\<milk/food\>\> (BrE) estar* echándose a perder

2)

a) ( place in sequence)

whose turn is it? — ¿a quién le toca?

I think it's my turn — creo que me toca (el turno) a mí

you'll have to wait your turn — vas a tener que esperar que te toque (el turno)

to take turns o to take it in turn(s) — turnarse

we'll take turns o we'll take it in turn(s) to do the cooking — nos vamos a turnar para cocinar, vamos a cocinar por turnos

b) (in phrases)

by turns — sucesivamente

in turn: each in turn was asked the same question a cada uno de ellos se le hizo la misma pregunta; out of turn: she realized she'd spoken out of turn — se dio cuenta de que su comentario (or interrupción etc) había estado fuera de lugar

3) ( service)

to do somebody a good turn — hacerle* un favor a alguien

one good turn deserves another — favor con favor se paga

4) (form, style)

she has a logical/practical turn of mind — es muy lógica/práctica

she has a witty turn of phrase — tiene una manera ingeniosa de expresarse

5)

a) (bout of illness, disability)

he had a funny turn — le dio un ataque (or un mareo etc)

b) ( nervous shock) susto m

you gave me quite a turn — me diste un buen susto

6) ( act) (esp BrE) número m

II
1.

transitive verb

1)

a) ( rotate) \<\<knob/handle/wheel\>\> (hacer*) girar

he turned the key in the lock — hizo girar la llave en la cerradura

b) (set, regulate)

to turn something to something: turn the knob to `hot' ponga el indicador en `caliente'; he turned the oven to a lower temperature — bajó la temperatura del horno

2)

a) (change position, direction of) \<\<head\>\> volver*, voltear (AmL exc RPl)

turn your head a little to the side — gira la cabeza un poco hacia un lado

she turned her back on them — les volvió or les dio la espalda, les volteó la espalda (AmL exc RPl)

he slipped out while my back was turned — salió disimuladamente mientras yo estaba de espaldas

the nurse turned her onto her side — la enfermera la puso de lado

can you turn the TV this way a bit? — ¿puedes poner el televisor más para este lado?

b) (direct, apply)

to turn something to something: I turned my mind to more pleasant thoughts me puse a pensar en cosas más agradables; the administration has turned its efforts to... la administración ha dirigido sus esfuerzos a...; they turned the situation to their own profit — utilizaron la situación para su propio provecho; advantage b)

3)

a) ( reverse) \<\<mattress/omelette\>\> darle* la vuelta a, voltear (AmL exc CS), dar* vuelta (CS); \<\<page\>\> pasar, volver*, dar* vuelta (CS); \<\<soil\>\> remover*, voltear (AmL exc CS), dar* vuelta (CS)

he turned the card face down — puso or volvió la carta boca abajo

she sat turning the pages of a magazine — estaba sentada hojeando una revista

b) ( upset)

it turns my stomach — me revuelve el estómago

4)

a) ( go around) \<\<corner\>\> dar* la vuelta a, dar* vuelta (CS)

b) ( pass)

she's just turned 30 — acaba de cumplir (los) 30

5) ( send)

I couldn't simply turn him from my door — no le podía negar ayuda, no le podía volver la espalda; loose I 2)

6)

a) (change, transform) volver*

to turn something to/into something — transformar or convertir* algo en algo

they've turned the place into a pigsty! — han puesto la casa (or la habitación etc) como una pocilga!

she turned him into a frog — lo convirtió en un sapo

the experience turned him into a cynic — se volvió cínico con la experiencia

b) ( make sour) \<\<milk\>\> agriar

c) ( confuse) \<\<mind\>\> trastornar

7)

a) ( shape - on lathe) tornear; (- on potter's wheel) hacer*

b) ( formulate)

a well-turned phrase — una frase elegante or pulida

8) ( make) \<\<profit\>\> sacar*

2.

vi

1) ( rotate) \<\<handle/wheel\>\> girar, dar* vuelta(s)

the key turned easily in the lock — la llave giró fácilmente en la cerradura

it made my stomach turn — me revolvió el estómago

the earth turns on its axis every 24 hours — la Tierra gira sobre su eje cada 24 horas

the outcome of the election turns on one crucial factor — el resultado de las elecciones depende de un factor decisivo

my head was turning — todo me daba vueltas

2)

a) ( to face in different direction) \<\<person\>\> volverse*, darse* la vuelta, voltearse (AmL exc CS), darse* vuelta (CS); \<\<car\>\> dar* la vuelta, dar* vuelta (CS)

she turned to me with a smile — me miró sonriéndome, se volvió hacia mí con una sonrisa

he turned onto his side — se volvió or se puso de lado

left/right turn! — (BrE Mil) media vuelta a la izquierda/derecha!

b) (change course, direction)

the army then turned north — entonces el ejército cambió de rumbo, dirigiéndose al norte

to turn into a side street — meterse en una calle lateral

to turn left/right — girar or doblar or torcer* a la izquierda/derecha

c) ( curve) \<\<road/river\>\> torcer*

3)

a) ( focus on)

to turn to another subject — pasar a otro tema, cambiar de tema

his mind turned to thoughts of escape — se puso a pensar en escaparse

b) (resort, have recourse to)

to turn to violence/a friend — recurrir a la violencia/un amigo

she had no one to turn to — no tenía a quien recurrir

to turn to drink — darse* a la bebida

to turn to somebody/something for something: she turned to her parents for support recurrió or acudió a sus padres en busca de apoyo; he turned to nature for inspiration — buscó inspiración en la naturaleza

4)

a) ( become)

his face turned red — se le puso la cara colorada

things were turning nasty — las cosas se estaban poniendo feas

her hair had turned gray — había encanecido

he turned professional — se hizo profesional

Ed Wright, naturalist turned politician — Ed Wright, naturalista convertido en or vuelto político

b) ( be transformed)

to turn into something — convertirse* en algo

water turns into steam — el agua se convierte or se transforma en vapor

to turn to something — (liter) convertirse* en algo

everything he touched turned to gold — todo lo que tocaba se convertía en oro

c) ( change) \<\<luck/weather/tide\>\> cambiar

d) ( change color) \<\<leaves\>\> cambiar de color

e) ( go sour) \<\<milk\>\> agriarse

5) ( when reading)

turn to page 19 — abran el libro en la página 19, vayan a la página 19

turn back a couple of pages — vuelvan atrás un par de páginas

6) (AmE Busn) \<\<merchandise\>\> venderse

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- turn against

- turn around

- turn aside

- turn away

- turn back

- turn down

- turn in

- turn off

- turn on

- turn out

- turn over

- turn round

- turn up

- turn upon

[tɜːn]
1. N

1) (=rotation) vuelta f, revolución f; [of spiral] espira f

• with a quick turn of the hand — con un movimiento rápido de la mano

• he gave the handle a turn — dio vuelta a la palanca

• to give a screw another turn — apretar un tornillo una vuelta más

- he never does a hand's turn

2) (Aut) (in road) vuelta f, curva f

a road full of twists and turns — una carretera llena de curvas

no left turn — prohibido girar a la izquierda

to do a left turn — (Aut) doblar or girar a la izquierda

3) (Aut) (=turn-off) salida f

I think we missed our turn back there — creo que allí atrás nos hemos pasado de la salida

4) (Naut) viraje m

to make a turn to port — virar a babor

5) (Swimming) vuelta f

6) (=change of direction)

• at the turn of the century — a finales del siglo

• this was a surprising turn of events — esto suponía un giro inesperado de los acontecimientos

• at every turn — (fig) a cada paso

• to be on the turn, the tide is on the turn — la marea está cambiando

the milk is on the turn — la leche está a punto de cortarse

the economy may at last be on the turn — puede que por fin la economía de un giro importante or cambie de signo

• turn of the tide — (lit, fig) cambio m or vuelta f de la marea

• things took a new turn — las cosas tomaron otro cariz or aspecto

events took a tragic turn — los acontecimientos tomaron un cariz trágico

events are taking a sensational turn — los acontecimientos vienen tomando un rumbo sensacional

then things took a turn for the better — entonces las cosas empezaron a mejorar

the patient took a turn for the worse — el paciente empeoró

• at the turn of the year — a fin de año

7) (in series etc) turno m, vez f

whose turn is it? — ¿a quién le toca?

it's your turn — te toca a ti

it's her turn next — le toca a ella después, ella es la primera en turno

then it was my turn to protest — luego protesté a mi vez

your turn will come — ya te tocará

• turn and turn about — cada uno por turno, ahora esto y luego aquello

• by turns — por turnos, sucesivamente

I felt hot and cold by turns — tuve calor y luego frío en momentos sucesivos

• to give up one's turn — ceder la vez

• in turn — por turnos, sucesivamente

they spoke in turn — hablaron por turnos

and they, in turn, said... — y ellos a su vez dijeron...

• to miss one's turn — perder la vez or el turno

the player shall miss two turns — el jugador deberá perder dos jugadas

• to go out of turn — (in game) jugar fuera de orden

to speak out of turn — (fig) hablar fuera de lugar

• to take one's turn — llegarle (a algn) su turno

to take turns at doing sth — alternar or turnarse para hacer algo

to take it in turn(s) to do sth — turnarse para hacer algo

to take turns at the wheel — conducir por turnos

to take a turn at the wheel — turnarse para conducir

• to wait one's turn — esperar (algn) su turno

8) (=short walk) vuelta f

to take a turn in the park — dar una vuelta por el parque

9) (Med) (=fainting fit etc) vahído m, desmayo m; (=crisis) crisis f inv, ataque m

he had a bad turn last night — anoche tuvo un ataque

10) * (=fright) susto m

the news gave me quite a turn — la noticia me asustó or dejó de piedra

11) (esp Brit) (Theat) número m, turno m

he came on and did a funny turn — salió a escena y presentó un número cómico

12) (=deed)

• to do sb a bad turn — hacer una mala pasada a algn

• to do sb a good turn — hacerle un favor a algn

his good turn for the day — su buena acción del día

- one good turn deserves another

13) (Culin)

it's done to a turn — está en su punto

14) (=inclination)

an odd turn of mind — una manera retorcida or (LAm) chueca de pensar

to be of or have a scientific turn of mind — ser más dado a las ciencias

15) (=expression)

turn of phrase — forma f de hablar, giro m

that's a French turn of phrase — eso es un modismo francés

2. VT

1) (=rotate) [+ wheel, handle] girar, dar vueltas a; [+ screw] atornillar, destornillar

to turn the key in the lock — dar vuelta a la llave en la cerradura

the engine turns the wheel — el motor hace girar la rueda

• you can turn it through 90° — se puede girarlo hasta 90 grados

• turn it to the left — dale una vuelta hacia la izquierda

2) (also: turn over) [+ record, mattress, steak] dar la vuelta a, voltear (LAm); [+ page] pasar; [+ soil] revolver; [+ hay] volver al revés

the plough turns the soil — el arado revuelve la tierra

• to turn one's ankle — torcerse el tobillo

• to turn a dress inside out — volver un vestido del revés

• it turns my stomach — me revuelve el estómago

- turn the page

3) (=direct) dirigir, volver

• they turned him against us — le pusieron en contra nuestra

we managed to turn his argument against him — pudimos volver su argumento contra él mismo

• to turn one's attention to sth — concentrar su atención en algo

• to turn one's back on sb/sth — (also fig) volver or dar la espalda a algn/algo

as soon as his back is turned — en cuanto mira para otro lado

• to turn one's eyes in sb's direction — volver la mirada hacia donde está algn

• to turn a gun on sb — apuntar una pistola a algn

• to turn one's head — volver la cabeza

• the fireman turned the hose on the building — el bombero dirigió la manguera hacia el edificio

• to turn the lights (down) low — poner la luz más baja

• to turn one's steps homeward — dirigirse a casa, volver los pasos hacia casa

• to turn one's thoughts to sth — concentrarse en algo

- turn the other cheek

- without turning a hair

to turn one's hand to sth —

he turned his hand to cookery — se dedicó a la cocina

- turn sb's head: earning all that money has turned his/her head

already in her first film she turned a few heads — ya en su primera película la gente se fijó en ella

- turn the tables

4) (=pass) doblar, dar la vuelta a

the car turned the corner — el coche dobló la esquina

he's turned 50 — ha pasado los 50 años

it's turned four o'clock — son las cuatro y pico or (esp LAm) las cuatro pasadas

- have turned the corner

5) (=change)

the heat turned the walls black — el calor volvió negras las paredes, el calor ennegreció las paredes

the shock turned her hair white — del susto, el pelo se le puso blanco

his goal turned the game — (Brit) su gol le dio un vuelco al partido

an actor turned writer — un actor metido a escritor

• to turn sth into sth — convertir algo en algo

they turned the land into a park — convirtieron el terreno en un parque

to turn iron into gold — convertir el hierro en oro

to turn a play into a film — pasar una obra al cine

to turn verse into prose — verter verso en prosa

to turn English into Spanish — traducir el inglés al español

it turned him into a bitter man — le volvió un resentido

• she turned her dreams to reality — hizo sus sueños realidad, realizó sus sueños

6) (=deflect) [+ blow] desviar

nothing will turn him from his purpose — nada le hará cambiar su intención

7) (=shape) [+ wood, metal] tornear

to turn wood on a lathe — labrar la madera en un torno
well-turned
8) (Culin)

the heat has turned the milk — el calor ha cortado la leche

9)

to turn a profit — (esp US) sacar un beneficio, tener ganancias

3. VI

1) (=rotate) [wheel etc] girar, dar vueltas

• the object turned on a stand — el objeto giraba en un pedestal

the earth turns on its axis — la Tierra gira sobre su propio eje

• his stomach turned at the sight — al verlo se le revolvió el estómago, se le revolvieron las tripas al verlo *

- my head is turning

to turn in one's grave —

she would turn in her grave if she knew — le daría un síncope si supiera
toss 3., 1)
2) (=change direction) [person] dar la vuelta, voltearse (LAm); [tide] repuntar

to turn and go back — volverse or dar la vuelta y regresar

right turn! — (Mil) derecha... ¡ar!

the game turned after half-time — (Brit) el partido dio un vuelco tras el descanso

• to turn against sb — volverse contra algn

to turn against sth — coger aversión a algo

• to turn for home — volver hacia casa

• farmers are turning from cows to pigs — los granjeros cambian de vacas a cerdos

• then our luck turned — luego mejoramos de suerte

• to turn to sb/sth, he turned to me and smiled — se volvió hacia mí y sonrió

to turn to sb for help — acudir a algn en busca de ayuda

she has no-one to turn to — no tiene a quién recurrir

our thoughts turn to those who... — pensamos ahora en los que...

please turn to page 34 — vamos a la página 34

he turned to politics — se dedicó a la política

he turned to drink — se dio a la bebida, le dio por el alcohol

the conversation turned to religion — la conversación viró hacia la religión

• I don't know which way to turn — (fig) no sé qué hacer

• I don't know where to turn for money — no sé en qué parte ir a buscar dinero

• the wind has turned — el viento ha cambiado de dirección

- the tide is turning

3) (Aut) torcer, girar; (Aer, Naut) virar

to turn left — (Aut) torcer or girar or doblar a la izquierda

• the car turned into a lane — el coche se metió en una bocacalle

• to turn to port — (Naut) virar a babor

4) (=change)

• to turn into sth — convertirse or transformarse en algo

the whole thing has turned into a nightmare — todo el asunto se ha convertido en una pesadilla

he turned into a cynic — se volvió cínico

the princess turned into a toad — la princesa se transformó en sapo, la princesa quedó transformada en sapo

• the leaves were turning — se estaban descolorando or dorando las hojas

• the milk has turned — la leche se ha cortado

• it turned to stone — se convirtió en piedra

his admiration turned to scorn — su admiración se tornó or se transformó en desprecio

• to wait for the weather to turn — esperar a que cambie el tiempo

5) (=become)

then he began to turn awkward — luego empezó a ponerse difícil

he turned Catholic — se hizo católico

• the weather or it has turned cold — el tiempo se ha puesto frío, se ha echado el frío

• to turn nasty — [person] ponerse or volverse antipático

• to turn professional — hacerse profesional

• to turn red — ponerse rojo

• matters are turning serious — las cosas se ponen graves

6) (=depend)

• everything turns on his decision — todo depende de su decisión

everything turns on whether... — todo depende de si...

4.

CPD

turn signal N — (US) (Aut) indicador m (de dirección)

- turn about

- turn aside

- turn away

- turn back

- turn down

- turn in

- turn off

- turn on

- turn out

- turn over

- turn round

- turn to

- turn up

* * *
[tɜːrn, tɜːn]
I

noun

1)

a) ( rotation) vuelta f

give it another turn — dale otra vuelta

a half turn — media vuelta

to a turn: the meat was done to a turn — la carne estaba hecha a la perfección, la carne estaba en su punto justo

b) ( change of direction) vuelta f, giro m

no left turn — prohibido girar or doblar or torcer a la izquierda

c) ( bend) curva f; ( turning)

take the next left/right turn — tome or (esp Esp) coja or (esp AmL) agarre la próxima a la izquierda/derecha

at every turn — a cada paso, a cada momento

d) (change, alteration)

a turn in the weather — un cambio en el tiempo

this dramatic turn of events — este dramático giro de los acontecimientos

events took an unexpected turn — los acontecimientos dieron un giro inesperado

to take a turn for the better — empezar* a mejorar

to take a turn for the worse — empeorar, ponerse* peor

the turn of the century — el final del siglo ( y el principio del siguiente)

to be on the turn — \<\<events/tide\>\> estar* cambiando; \<\<leaves\>\> estar* cambiando de color; \<\<milk/food\>\> (BrE) estar* echándose a perder

2)

a) ( place in sequence)

whose turn is it? — ¿a quién le toca?

I think it's my turn — creo que me toca (el turno) a mí

you'll have to wait your turn — vas a tener que esperar que te toque (el turno)

to take turns o to take it in turn(s) — turnarse

we'll take turns o we'll take it in turn(s) to do the cooking — nos vamos a turnar para cocinar, vamos a cocinar por turnos

b) (in phrases)

by turns — sucesivamente

in turn: each in turn was asked the same question a cada uno de ellos se le hizo la misma pregunta; out of turn: she realized she'd spoken out of turn — se dio cuenta de que su comentario (or interrupción etc) había estado fuera de lugar

3) ( service)

to do somebody a good turn — hacerle* un favor a alguien

one good turn deserves another — favor con favor se paga

4) (form, style)

she has a logical/practical turn of mind — es muy lógica/práctica

she has a witty turn of phrase — tiene una manera ingeniosa de expresarse

5)

a) (bout of illness, disability)

he had a funny turn — le dio un ataque (or un mareo etc)

b) ( nervous shock) susto m

you gave me quite a turn — me diste un buen susto

6) ( act) (esp BrE) número m

II
1.

transitive verb

1)

a) ( rotate) \<\<knob/handle/wheel\>\> (hacer*) girar

he turned the key in the lock — hizo girar la llave en la cerradura

b) (set, regulate)

to turn something to something: turn the knob to `hot' ponga el indicador en `caliente'; he turned the oven to a lower temperature — bajó la temperatura del horno

2)

a) (change position, direction of) \<\<head\>\> volver*, voltear (AmL exc RPl)

turn your head a little to the side — gira la cabeza un poco hacia un lado

she turned her back on them — les volvió or les dio la espalda, les volteó la espalda (AmL exc RPl)

he slipped out while my back was turned — salió disimuladamente mientras yo estaba de espaldas

the nurse turned her onto her side — la enfermera la puso de lado

can you turn the TV this way a bit? — ¿puedes poner el televisor más para este lado?

b) (direct, apply)

to turn something to something: I turned my mind to more pleasant thoughts me puse a pensar en cosas más agradables; the administration has turned its efforts to... la administración ha dirigido sus esfuerzos a...; they turned the situation to their own profit — utilizaron la situación para su propio provecho; advantage b)

3)

a) ( reverse) \<\<mattress/omelette\>\> darle* la vuelta a, voltear (AmL exc CS), dar* vuelta (CS); \<\<page\>\> pasar, volver*, dar* vuelta (CS); \<\<soil\>\> remover*, voltear (AmL exc CS), dar* vuelta (CS)

he turned the card face down — puso or volvió la carta boca abajo

she sat turning the pages of a magazine — estaba sentada hojeando una revista

b) ( upset)

it turns my stomach — me revuelve el estómago

4)

a) ( go around) \<\<corner\>\> dar* la vuelta a, dar* vuelta (CS)

b) ( pass)

she's just turned 30 — acaba de cumplir (los) 30

5) ( send)

I couldn't simply turn him from my door — no le podía negar ayuda, no le podía volver la espalda; loose I 2)

6)

a) (change, transform) volver*

to turn something to/into something — transformar or convertir* algo en algo

they've turned the place into a pigsty! — han puesto la casa (or la habitación etc) como una pocilga!

she turned him into a frog — lo convirtió en un sapo

the experience turned him into a cynic — se volvió cínico con la experiencia

b) ( make sour) \<\<milk\>\> agriar

c) ( confuse) \<\<mind\>\> trastornar

7)

a) ( shape - on lathe) tornear; (- on potter's wheel) hacer*

b) ( formulate)

a well-turned phrase — una frase elegante or pulida

8) ( make) \<\<profit\>\> sacar*

2.

vi

1) ( rotate) \<\<handle/wheel\>\> girar, dar* vuelta(s)

the key turned easily in the lock — la llave giró fácilmente en la cerradura

it made my stomach turn — me revolvió el estómago

the earth turns on its axis every 24 hours — la Tierra gira sobre su eje cada 24 horas

the outcome of the election turns on one crucial factor — el resultado de las elecciones depende de un factor decisivo

my head was turning — todo me daba vueltas

2)

a) ( to face in different direction) \<\<person\>\> volverse*, darse* la vuelta, voltearse (AmL exc CS), darse* vuelta (CS); \<\<car\>\> dar* la vuelta, dar* vuelta (CS)

she turned to me with a smile — me miró sonriéndome, se volvió hacia mí con una sonrisa

he turned onto his side — se volvió or se puso de lado

left/right turn! — (BrE Mil) media vuelta a la izquierda/derecha!

b) (change course, direction)

the army then turned north — entonces el ejército cambió de rumbo, dirigiéndose al norte

to turn into a side street — meterse en una calle lateral

to turn left/right — girar or doblar or torcer* a la izquierda/derecha

c) ( curve) \<\<road/river\>\> torcer*

3)

a) ( focus on)

to turn to another subject — pasar a otro tema, cambiar de tema

his mind turned to thoughts of escape — se puso a pensar en escaparse

b) (resort, have recourse to)

to turn to violence/a friend — recurrir a la violencia/un amigo

she had no one to turn to — no tenía a quien recurrir

to turn to drink — darse* a la bebida

to turn to somebody/something for something: she turned to her parents for support recurrió or acudió a sus padres en busca de apoyo; he turned to nature for inspiration — buscó inspiración en la naturaleza

4)

a) ( become)

his face turned red — se le puso la cara colorada

things were turning nasty — las cosas se estaban poniendo feas

her hair had turned gray — había encanecido

he turned professional — se hizo profesional

Ed Wright, naturalist turned politician — Ed Wright, naturalista convertido en or vuelto político

b) ( be transformed)

to turn into something — convertirse* en algo

water turns into steam — el agua se convierte or se transforma en vapor

to turn to something — (liter) convertirse* en algo

everything he touched turned to gold — todo lo que tocaba se convertía en oro

c) ( change) \<\<luck/weather/tide\>\> cambiar

d) ( change color) \<\<leaves\>\> cambiar de color

e) ( go sour) \<\<milk\>\> agriarse

5) ( when reading)

turn to page 19 — abran el libro en la página 19, vayan a la página 19

turn back a couple of pages — vuelvan atrás un par de páginas

6) (AmE Busn) \<\<merchandise\>\> venderse

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- turn against

- turn around

- turn aside

- turn away

- turn back

- turn down

- turn in

- turn off

- turn on

- turn out

- turn over

- turn round

- turn up

- turn upon

English-spanish dictionary > turn
65 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
66 confusión

f.

1 confusion, mix-up, disorder, confusedness.

2 perplexity, bafflement, confusion, confusedness.

3 commotion, riot, clutter, hassle.

4 scene of confusion, shambles.

* * *

confusión

► nombre femenino

1 (desorden) confusion, chaos

2 (equivocación) mistake, confusion

3 (turbación) confusion, embarrassment

* * *

noun f.

confusion

* * *

SF

1) (=equivocación) confusion

lo que provocó la confusión — what caused the confusion

para evitar confusiones — to avoid confusion

ha habido una confusión en los nombres — there was a mix-up with the names, there was some confusion with the names

esta carta no es para mí, debe de tratarse de una confusión — this letter is not for me, there must be some mistake

• por confusión — by mistake

2) (=desconcierto) confusion

el terremoto produjo una gran confusión en las calles — the earthquake caused great confusion in the streets

tiene una gran confusión de ideas — his ideas are very confused

la recuerdo con bastante confusión — I have a hazy o vague memory of her

3) (=turbación)

sentí tal confusión que no pude ni dar las gracias — I was so overwhelmed that I couldn't even say thank you

tantas alabanzas me produjeron una gran confusión — I found all that praise overwhelming

* * *

femenino

a) (desorden, caos) confusion

para mayor confusión — to add to the confusion

b) ( perplejidad) confusion

mis palabras aumentaron su confusión — what I said made him more confused

c) ( turbación) embarrassment

d) ( equivocación) confusion

hubo una confusión con la factura — there was a confusion over the invoice

se presta a confusión — it is open to misinterpretation

para que no haya más confusiones — to avoid any further confusion

* * *

= confounding, confusion, mix-up [mixup], dislocation, welter, muddle, perplex, turbulence, turmoil, jumble, blurring, clouding, daze, messiness, obfuscation, turbulent waters, puzzle, miasma, snarl, snarl-up, brouhaha, perplexity.

Ex. Experience of IT in USA is associated not infrequently with the confounding of confident expectations.

Ex. In particular, when one command means one thing in one system and something else in another system this is likely to lead to confusion.

Ex. You'll have to call him and tell him there's been a mix-up and that he'll be called as soon as there's another opening.

Ex. SDC's ORBIT software is a variation on the ELHILL software used with MEDLINE, so users of that data base can move across to SDC with a minimum of dislocation.

Ex. Without language we would go bumping around in the dark and eventually take leave of our senses under the welter of the incomprehensible, withdrawing, as some people do, into a closed world in order to protect ourselves against the unbearable onslaught.

Ex. The author attempts to sort out the muddle in which librarians have found themselves = El autor intenta aclarar la confusión en la que se encuentran los bibliotecarios.

Ex. The article 'The print perplex' asserts that librarians must deal with a future of mixed print and digital material, since most books will never be in digital form.

Ex. The title of the article is 'Survival skills for information professionals in the decade of turbulence'.

Ex. China has suffered from over a decade of turmoil which has prevented the development of modern information services.

Ex. Compared to this fairly ordered monographic literature, the multiple contents of a collection of periodicals seemed like a terrible jumble.

Ex. Read from the perspective of Bakhtin, this blurring of genres is also a blurring of idealogies.

Ex. A major problem for the technician is one of recognition in situations where there is a clouding of identification with clerical staff.

Ex. The article 'The daze of future business research' examines changing trends in online business information searching with the rush to the Internet.

Ex. Management theorists seem unable to cope with the unpredictability, the multivariate nature and the ' messiness' of human organizations in cultural contexts.

Ex. The results has been an ever greater obfuscation of what constitutes the profession of librarianship.

Ex. His experience and expertise has guided IFLA members smoothly across what could easily have been turbulent waters = Sus conocimientos y experiencia en la formulación de los Estatutos ha guiado a los miembros de la IFLA sin problemas a través de lo que podrían haber sido fácilmente aguas turbulentas.

Ex. We talk heatedly about books that lie beyond our present concerns because these allow us to speculate and often present us with puzzles we want to explore.

Ex. The past is often shrouded in a miasma of uncertain memories confounded by missing or incomplete records.

Ex. His work is such a snarl of so many different things that it is as endlessly demanding as it is rewarding.

Ex. However, taxi is a more advisable option considering the never-ending Bangkok traffic snarl-up, especially during the rush hour.

Ex. He believes that most political brouhahas are cooked up to divert the public's attention from the real terrorism.

Ex. The combination of perplexity over what is the right mix and apparent inability to represent information activity dynamically is very strong.

----

* aclarar una confusión = unravel + snarl.

* aumentar la confusión = add to + the confusion.

* causar confusión = wreak + confusion, cause + confusion.

* confusión económica = economic turmoil.

* confusión histórica = historical confusion.

* de un modo que causa confusión = confusingly.

* estado de confusión = state of confusion.

* llevar a confusión = lead to + confusion.

* que induce a confusión = confounding.

* * *

femenino

a) (desorden, caos) confusion

para mayor confusión — to add to the confusion

b) ( perplejidad) confusion

mis palabras aumentaron su confusión — what I said made him more confused

c) ( turbación) embarrassment

d) ( equivocación) confusion

hubo una confusión con la factura — there was a confusion over the invoice

se presta a confusión — it is open to misinterpretation

para que no haya más confusiones — to avoid any further confusion

* * *

= confounding, confusion, mix-up [mixup], dislocation, welter, muddle, perplex, turbulence, turmoil, jumble, blurring, clouding, daze, messiness, obfuscation, turbulent waters, puzzle, miasma, snarl, snarl-up, brouhaha, perplexity.

Ex: Experience of IT in USA is associated not infrequently with the confounding of confident expectations.

Ex: In particular, when one command means one thing in one system and something else in another system this is likely to lead to confusion.

Ex: You'll have to call him and tell him there's been a mix-up and that he'll be called as soon as there's another opening.

Ex: SDC's ORBIT software is a variation on the ELHILL software used with MEDLINE, so users of that data base can move across to SDC with a minimum of dislocation.

Ex: Without language we would go bumping around in the dark and eventually take leave of our senses under the welter of the incomprehensible, withdrawing, as some people do, into a closed world in order to protect ourselves against the unbearable onslaught.

Ex: The author attempts to sort out the muddle in which librarians have found themselves = El autor intenta aclarar la confusión en la que se encuentran los bibliotecarios.

Ex: The article 'The print perplex' asserts that librarians must deal with a future of mixed print and digital material, since most books will never be in digital form.

Ex: The title of the article is 'Survival skills for information professionals in the decade of turbulence'.

Ex: China has suffered from over a decade of turmoil which has prevented the development of modern information services.

Ex: Compared to this fairly ordered monographic literature, the multiple contents of a collection of periodicals seemed like a terrible jumble.

Ex: Read from the perspective of Bakhtin, this blurring of genres is also a blurring of idealogies.

Ex: A major problem for the technician is one of recognition in situations where there is a clouding of identification with clerical staff.

Ex: The article 'The daze of future business research' examines changing trends in online business information searching with the rush to the Internet.

Ex: Management theorists seem unable to cope with the unpredictability, the multivariate nature and the ' messiness' of human organizations in cultural contexts.

Ex: The results has been an ever greater obfuscation of what constitutes the profession of librarianship.

Ex: His experience and expertise has guided IFLA members smoothly across what could easily have been turbulent waters = Sus conocimientos y experiencia en la formulación de los Estatutos ha guiado a los miembros de la IFLA sin problemas a través de lo que podrían haber sido fácilmente aguas turbulentas.

Ex: We talk heatedly about books that lie beyond our present concerns because these allow us to speculate and often present us with puzzles we want to explore.

Ex: The past is often shrouded in a miasma of uncertain memories confounded by missing or incomplete records.

Ex: His work is such a snarl of so many different things that it is as endlessly demanding as it is rewarding.

Ex: However, taxi is a more advisable option considering the never-ending Bangkok traffic snarl-up, especially during the rush hour.

Ex: He believes that most political brouhahas are cooked up to divert the public's attention from the real terrorism.

Ex: The combination of perplexity over what is the right mix and apparent inability to represent information activity dynamically is very strong.

* aclarar una confusión = unravel + snarl.

* aumentar la confusión = add to + the confusion.

* causar confusión = wreak + confusion, cause + confusion.

* confusión económica = economic turmoil.

* confusión histórica = historical confusion.

* de un modo que causa confusión = confusingly.

* estado de confusión = state of confusion.

* llevar a confusión = lead to + confusion.

* que induce a confusión = confounding.

* * *

confusión

feminine

1 (perplejidad) confusion

para mayor confusión se llaman igual to add to the confusion o to confuse things even more o to make things even more confusing, they have the same name

2 (desorden, caos) confusion

3 (turbación) embarrassment

su inesperada declaración de amor la llenó de confusión his unexpected declaration of love filled her with embarrassment o confusion o threw her into confusion

tanta amabilidad me produjo una gran confusión I was embarrassed o overwhelmed by so much kindness

4 (equivocación) confusion

lamentamos la confusión que hubo con la factura we regret the confusion over the invoice

sus comentarios se prestan a confusión his comments are open to misinterpretation

para que no haya más confusiones to avoid any further confusion o any more mix-ups

* * *

confusión sustantivo femenino
a) ( en general) confusion;

◊ para que no haya confusiones to avoid any confusion

b) ( turbación) embarrassment, confusion

confusión sustantivo femenino
1 (desorden) confusion
2 (error) mistake
' confusión' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
aturdimiento
- barullo
- belén
- desbarajuste
- desconcierto
- desorientación
- embrollo
- folclore
- follón
- obnubilar
- ofuscación
- para
- prestarse
- torre
- turbación
- aquél
- armar
- bochinche
- convulsionar
- desorden
- ése
- éste
- grado
- jaleo
- lío
- mareo
- medio
- sólo
- turbar
English:
brainstorm
- confusion
- disarray
- foul up
- haziness
- mess
- misunderstanding
- mix-up
- quagmire
- rush
- scramble
- shambles
- start
- turmoil
- welter
- add
- disorder
- havoc
- mix
- straighten

* * *

confusión nf

1. [desorden, lío] confusion;

la confusión aumentó con la llegada del cantante the singer's arrival added to the confusion;

los ladrones actuaron aprovechando la confusión the thieves took advantage of the confusion;

hubo una gran confusión there was great confusion;

en su habitación reina la confusión her room is in chaos;

existe cierta confusión acerca de lo que realmente quiso decir there is some confusion as to what he really meant

2. [desconcierto]
la noticia me llenó de confusión I was disconcerted by the news

3. [error] mix-up;

ha habido una confusión there has been a bit of a mix-up;

esa frase puede llevar a confusión that phrase could lead to confusion o be misinterpreted

* * *

confusión

f confusion

* * *

confusión nf, pl - siones : confusion

* * *

confusión n

1. (falta de claridad) confusion

la falta de indicaciones creó confusión the lack of signs caused confusion

2. (equivocación) mistake

me pidió disculpas por la confusión she apologized for the mistake

Spanish-English dictionary > confusión
67 distinguir

v.

1 to distinguish.

¿tú distingues estas dos camisas? can you tell the difference between these two shirts?

me es imposible distinguirlos I can't tell them apart

distinguir algo de algo to tell something from something

Ella distingue los colores She distinguishes the colors.

Ella distingue a los gemelos She distinguishes the twins.

El rector distinguió al profesor The rector distinguished the professor.

Ella distinguió She distinguished.

2 to distinguish, to characterize.

distinguir algo/a alguien de to distinguish something/somebody from, to set something/somebody apart from

3 to honor.

hoy nos distingue con su presencia Don… today we are honored to have with us Mr…

4 to make out.

¿distingues algo? can you see anything?, can you make anything out? (al mirar)

5 to differentiate, to know the difference.

* * *

DISTINGUIR

CONJUGACIÓN

(gu changes to g before a and o)

Present Indicative

distingo, distingues, distingue, distinguimos, distinguís, distinguen.

Present Subjunctive

distinga, distingas, distinga, distingamos, distingáis, distingan.

Imperative

distingue (tú), distinga (él/Vd.), distingamos (nos.), distinguid (vos.), distingan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to differentiate, distinguish

2) honor

* * *

1. VT

1) (=diferenciar)

a) (=ver la diferencia entre) to distinguish

no distingo bien los colores — I can't distinguish the colours very well

no resulta fácil distinguir a los mellizos — it is not easy to tell the twins apart, it's not easy to distinguish between the twins

he puesto una etiqueta en la maleta para distinguirla — I've put a label on the suitcase to be able to tell it apart from o distinguish it from the others

lo sabría distinguir entre un millón — I would know it o recognize it anywhere

¿sabes distinguir un violín de una viola? — can you tell o distinguish a violin from a viola?

- no distingue lo blanco de lo negro

b) (=hacer diferente) to set apart

lo distingue su capacidad intelectual — his intellect sets him apart

lo que nos distingue de los animales — what distinguishes us from the animals, what sets us apart from the animals

c) (=hacer una distinción entre) to distinguish

hay que distinguir dos períodos — we need to distinguish two periods

2) (=ver) [+ objeto, sonido] to make out

no podía distinguir la matrícula — I couldn't make out the number plate

ya distingo la costa — I can see o make out the coast now

3) (=honrar) [+ amigo, alumno] to honour, honor (EEUU)

me distingue con su amistad — I am honoured to have his friendship

lo distinguieron con el Premio Nobel — he was honoured with the Nobel Prize

4) (=elegir) to single out

lo distinguieron para el ascenso — he was singled out for promotion

2.

VI (=ver la diferencia) to tell the difference ( entre between)
(=hacer una distinción) to make a distinction ( entre between)
lo mismo le da un vino malo que uno bueno, no distingue — it's all the same to him whether it's a bad wine or a good one, he can't tell the difference

no era capaz de distinguir entre lo bueno y lo malo — he couldn't tell the difference o distinguish between good and bad

es un hombre que sabe distinguir — he is a discerning person

en su discurso, distinguió entre el viejo y el nuevo liberalismo — in his speech he made a distinction between the old and the new liberalism

3.

See:

distinguirse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( diferenciar) to distinguish

distinguir una cosa de otra — to tell o distinguish one thing from another

es muy difícil distinguirlos — it's very difficult to tell them apart o to tell one from the other

b) ( caracterizar) to characterize

2) ( percibir) to make out

a lo lejos se distingue la catedral — the cathedral can be seen in the distance

se distinguía claramente el ruido de las olas — we/he/they could clearly make out the sound of the waves

3) (con medalla, honor) to honor*
2.
distinguirse v pron ( destacarse)

distinguirse por algo: se distinguió por su valentía he distinguished himself by his bravery; nuestros productos se distinguen por su calidad our products are distinguished by their quality; distinguirse en algo — to distinguish oneself in something

* * *

= delineate, discern, distinguish, draw + distinction, segregate, sift, single out, sort out + Nombre + from + Nombre, mark out, tell + apart, set + Nombre + apart, tease apart, decouple, discern, make out.

Ex. PRECIS relies upon citation order (sometimes with the support of prepositions) to record syntactical relationships, and to delineate two similar subjects.

Ex. Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.

Ex. In order to distinguish between all these subjects it is inevitable that longer notations are used.

Ex. You have failed to draw the correct distinction between a discipline and a phenomenon studied by a discipline.

Ex. In summary, the advantages of the electronic catalog is the ability to segregate the fast searches from the slowest.

Ex. Thus many non-relevant documents have been retrieved and examined in the process of sifting relevant and non-relevant documents.

Ex. Conference proceedings are singled out for special attention because they are an important category of material in relation to abstracting and indexing publications.

Ex. Ward's study is likely to remain a standard reference source for years to come, but trying to sort out the generalities from the particularities is a very difficult business.

Ex. To infuse into that basic form an element of linguistic liveliness and wit, which marks out the best adult reviewers, is to ask far more than most children can hope to achieve.

Ex. No two paper moulds of the hand-press period were ever precisely identical, and individual moulds can be identified by their paper images; even the two moulds of a pair, which were deliberately made to look alike, can be told apart by the paper made in them.

Ex. What sets them apart is, primarily, the commercial considerations that directly affect the publishers' gatekeeper role but only indirectly affect that of the librarians.

Ex. The author and his colleagues embarked on a series of studies to tease apart hereditary and environmental factors thought to be implicated in schizophrenia.

Ex. The physical library will probably become less viable over time and so it is important to decouple the information professional from the library unit.

Ex. Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.

Ex. She could just make out that he was standing against the wall near the door, ready to jump anyone who came out the door.

----

* distinguir a + Nombre + de + Nombre = mark out + Nombre + from + Nombre.

* distinguir de = mark + Nombre + off from.

* distinguir entre... y... = draw + the line between... and..., make + distinction between... and..., discern + Nombre + from + Nombre.

* distinguirse = make + Posesivo + mark, be distinguishable.

* no distinguir entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....

* que distingue entre mayúscula y minúscula = case-sensitive.

* que no ayuda a distinguir = nondistinctive.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( diferenciar) to distinguish

distinguir una cosa de otra — to tell o distinguish one thing from another

es muy difícil distinguirlos — it's very difficult to tell them apart o to tell one from the other

b) ( caracterizar) to characterize

2) ( percibir) to make out

a lo lejos se distingue la catedral — the cathedral can be seen in the distance

se distinguía claramente el ruido de las olas — we/he/they could clearly make out the sound of the waves

3) (con medalla, honor) to honor*
2.
distinguirse v pron ( destacarse)

distinguirse por algo: se distinguió por su valentía he distinguished himself by his bravery; nuestros productos se distinguen por su calidad our products are distinguished by their quality; distinguirse en algo — to distinguish oneself in something

* * *

= delineate, discern, distinguish, draw + distinction, segregate, sift, single out, sort out + Nombre + from + Nombre, mark out, tell + apart, set + Nombre + apart, tease apart, decouple, discern, make out.

Ex: PRECIS relies upon citation order (sometimes with the support of prepositions) to record syntactical relationships, and to delineate two similar subjects.

Ex: Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.

Ex: In order to distinguish between all these subjects it is inevitable that longer notations are used.

Ex: You have failed to draw the correct distinction between a discipline and a phenomenon studied by a discipline.

Ex: In summary, the advantages of the electronic catalog is the ability to segregate the fast searches from the slowest.

Ex: Thus many non-relevant documents have been retrieved and examined in the process of sifting relevant and non-relevant documents.

Ex: Conference proceedings are singled out for special attention because they are an important category of material in relation to abstracting and indexing publications.

Ex: Ward's study is likely to remain a standard reference source for years to come, but trying to sort out the generalities from the particularities is a very difficult business.

Ex: To infuse into that basic form an element of linguistic liveliness and wit, which marks out the best adult reviewers, is to ask far more than most children can hope to achieve.

Ex: No two paper moulds of the hand-press period were ever precisely identical, and individual moulds can be identified by their paper images; even the two moulds of a pair, which were deliberately made to look alike, can be told apart by the paper made in them.

Ex: What sets them apart is, primarily, the commercial considerations that directly affect the publishers' gatekeeper role but only indirectly affect that of the librarians.

Ex: The author and his colleagues embarked on a series of studies to tease apart hereditary and environmental factors thought to be implicated in schizophrenia.

Ex: The physical library will probably become less viable over time and so it is important to decouple the information professional from the library unit.

Ex: Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.

Ex: She could just make out that he was standing against the wall near the door, ready to jump anyone who came out the door.

* distinguir a + Nombre + de + Nombre = mark out + Nombre + from + Nombre.

* distinguir de = mark + Nombre + off from.

* distinguir entre... y... = draw + the line between... and..., make + distinction between... and..., discern + Nombre + from + Nombre.

* distinguirse = make + Posesivo + mark, be distinguishable.

* no distinguir entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....

* que distingue entre mayúscula y minúscula = case-sensitive.

* que no ayuda a distinguir = nondistinctive.

* * *

distinguir [I2 ]

vt

A

1 (diferenciar) to distinguish

no sabe distinguir una nota de otra she can't tell o distinguish one note from another

he aprendido a distinguir los diferentes compositores I've learnt to distinguish (between) o recognize the different composers

son tan parecidos que es muy difícil distinguirlos they look so much alike it's very difficult to tell them apart o to tell one from the other o to distinguish between them

yo la distinguiría entre mil I'd recognize o know her anywhere, I could pick her out in a crowd

2 (caracterizar) to characterize

B (percibir) to make out

a lo lejos se distingue la catedral the cathedral can be seen in the distance

entre los matorrales pudo distinguir algo que se movía she could make out o see something moving in the bushes

se distinguía claramente el ruido de las olas the sound of the waves could be clearly heard, we/he/they could clearly hear o make out the sound of the waves

C (con una medalla, un honor) to honor*

los distinguió con su presencia ( frml); she honored them with her presence ( frml)

■ distinguir

vi

(discernir): hay que saber distinguir para apreciar la diferencia you have to be discerning to appreciate the difference

■ distinguirse

v pron

(destacarse) distinguirse POR algo:

se distinguió por su talento musical he became famous o renowned for his musical talent

se distinguió por su valor en el combate he distinguished himself by his bravery in battle

nuestros productos se distinguen por su calidad our products stand out for their quality, our products are distinguished by o for their quality

distinguirse EN algo to distinguish oneself IN sth, to make a name for oneself IN sth

* * *

distinguir ( conjugate distinguir) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( diferenciar) to distinguish

b) ( caracterizar) to characterize

2 ( percibir) ‹figura/sonido› to make out
3 (con medalla, honor) to honor^{( conjugate honor)}
distinguirse verbo pronominal ( destacarse): distinguirse por algo [ persona] to distinguish oneself by sth;
[ producto] to be distinguished by sth
distinguir verbo transitivo
1 (reconocer) to recognize
2 (apreciar la diferencia) to distinguish: no soy capaz de distinguir a Juan de su hermano gemelo, I can't tell Juan from his twin brother
3 (conferir un privilegio, honor) to honour, US honor
4 (verse, apreciarse) to make out
' distinguir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
discriminar
- caracterizar
English:
differentiate
- discern
- distinction
- distinguish
- make out
- pick out
- separate
- single out
- tell
- tell apart
- define
- discriminate
- know
- make
- mark
- pick
- right
- set

* * *

distinguir

♦ vt

1. [diferenciar] to distinguish, to tell the difference between;

¿tú distingues estas dos camisas? can you tell the difference between these two shirts?;

me es imposible distinguirlos I can't tell them apart;

Kant distingue varios tipos de “razón” Kant distinguishes between several kinds of “reason”;

distinguir algo de algo to tell sth from sth;

por teléfono no distingo tu voz de la de tu madre I can't tell your voice from your mother's on the telephone;

no distinguen el verde del azul they can't tell green from blue

2. [caracterizar] to distinguish, to characterize;

distinguir algo/a alguien de to distinguish sth/sb from, to set sth/sb apart from;

esto lo distingue del resto de los mamíferos this distinguishes it from other mammals;

¿qué es lo que distingue a un gorila? what are the main characteristics of a gorilla?;

el grado de adherencia distingue los diversos tipos de neumático the different types of tyre are distinguished by their road-holding capacity;

su amabilidad la distingue de las demás her kindness sets her apart from the rest

3. [premiar] to honour;

ha sido distinguido con numerosos premios he has been honoured with numerous prizes;

hoy nos distingue con su presencia Don… today we are honoured to have with us Mr…

4. [vislumbrar, escuchar] to make out;

¿distingues algo? [al mirar] can you see anything?, can you make anything out?;

desde aquí no distingo si es ella o no I can't see if it's her or not from here;

podía distinguir su voz I could make out her voice

♦ vi

to differentiate, to know the difference ( entre between);
el público distingue entre un buen y un mal tenor the audience can tell o knows the difference between a good and a bad tenor;

estudiando mucho uno aprende a distinguir after a lot of study one learns how to discriminate

♦ See also the pronominal verb distinguirse

* * *

distinguir

v/t

1 distinguish (de from)

2 ( divisar) make out;

distinguir algo lejano make out sth in the distance

3 con un premio honor, Br

honour

* * *

distinguir {26} vt

1) : to distinguish

2) : to honor

♦ See also the reflexive verb distinguirse

* * *

distinguir vb

1. (diferenciar) to distinguish / to tell the difference [pt. & pp. told]

no sabe distinguir un mulo de un asno he can't tell the difference between a mule and an ass

los gemelos son difíciles de distinguir the twins are hard to tell apart / it's hard to tell the twins apart

2. (ver) to make out / to see [pt. saw; pp. seen]

no distingo el camino I can't see the path

Spanish-English dictionary > distinguir
68 ya

adv.

1 already.

ya me lo habías contado you had already told me

¿llamaron o han llamado ya? have they called yet?

¿habrán llegado ya? will they have arrived yet o by now?

ya en 1926 as long ago as 1926

Ya hemos estado aquí antes We have already been here before...

2 now (ahora).

bueno, yo ya me voy right, I'm off now

¡ya voy! I'm coming!

3 at once (inmediatamente).

hay que hacer algo ya something has to be done now o at once

4 right now, at once, now, right away.

intj.

1 right now, right away.

2 that's enough.

* * *

ya

► adverbio

1 already

■ esa película ya la he visto I've already seen that film

■ ¿que ya se han casado? what! they've got married already?

■ el domingo ya no estaremos aquí we'll already have left by Sunday

■ eso ya no lo veré yo I won't live to see that

2 (más tarde) later

■ ya lo haré I'll do it later

■ ya te llamaré I'll give you a ring

3 (ahora mismo) at once, right now, straightaway

■ tienes que mandarlo ya you must send it at once

■ ¡ya voy! I'm coming!

4 (ahora) now

■ ya viven en el piso nuevo they're living in the new flat now

5 (uso enfático)

■ ya lo sé I know that

■ es facilísimo, ya verás it's dead easy, you'll see

■ y ya no es por el dinero... and it's not the money that matters...

6 (denota satisfacción)

■ ¡ya tenemos coche nuevo! we've got the new car!

■ ¡ya están aquí! they're here!

7 (con tono amenazante)

■ ¡ya verás ya! just you wait!

8 (con indignación)

■ ¡ya está bien! enough is enough!

9 (para tranquilizar)

■ ya encontrarás trabajo, ya verás como sí you'll find a job, you'll see

10 (para afirmar) I know, yes

■ tienes que estudiar -- ya, pero... you have to study -- I know, but...

► interjección

1 irónico oh yes!

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ya... ya... now... now...

■ ya ríe, ya llora now she laughs, now she weeps

■ fantasmas que ya surgen, ya se esfuman ghosts which first appear and then vanish

■ ya fueran católicos, ya protestantes whether they be Catholic or Protestant

ya entiendo I see

ya era hora about time too

¡ya está! there we are!, all done!

ya nos veremos see you soon

ya que since, seeing that

■ ya que estás aquí, quédate a cenar seeing that you're here, why don't you stay for supper?

* * *

adv.

1) already

2) now

3) anymore, no longer

4) later, soon

•

- ya que

* * *

1. ADV

1) [con acción pasada] already

lo hemos visto ya — we've seen it already

ya han dado las diez — it's past ten already

¿ya has terminado? — have you finished already?

¿ya habías estado antes en Valencia? — had you been to Valencia before?

ya me lo suponía — I thought as much

ya se acabó — it's all over now

ya en el siglo X — as early as the tenth century

2) [con verbo en presente]

a) [con una acción esperada]

ya es la hora — time's up

ya es hora de irnos — it's time for us to go now

ya está aquí — he's here already

ya viene el autobús — here's the bus

ya puedes irte — you can go now

ya podéis ir pasando al comedor — you can start going through into the dining room now

estos zapatos ya me están pequeños — these shoes are too small for me now

¿ya anda? — is she walking yet?

b) [expresando sorpresa]

¿ya te vas? — are you leaving already?

c) (=ahora) now

lo quiero ya — I want it (right) now

¡cállate ya! — oh, shut up!

¡ya voy! — coming!

• desde ya (mismo) Esp —

lo que quiero es empezar desde ya — I want to start right now o away

una estrategia que empiezo a poner en marcha desde ya mismo — a strategy which I will start to adopt as of now o as of this very moment

• ya mismo — esp Cono Sur * (=en seguida) at once; (=claro) of course, naturally

3) [con acción futura]

ya te llegará el turno a ti — you'll get your turn

ya lo arreglarán — it'll get fixed sometime

ya iré cuando pueda — I'll try and make it when I can

ya verás como todo se arregla — it'll all work out, don't you worry

ya veremos — we'll see (about that)

4)

• ya no — not any more, no longer

ya no vive aquí — he doesn't live here any more, he no longer lives here

ya no viene a visitarnos — he doesn't come to see us any more, he no longer comes to see us

ya no quiero más — I don't want any more

ya no lo volverás a ver — you won't see it any more

Javier ya no es tan alto como su hermano — Javier isn't as tall as his brother any more, Javier is no longer as tall as his brother

5) [expresando que se ha entendido o se recuerda algo]

ya entiendo — I see

¡ya lo sé! — I know!

-¿no te acuerdas de ella? es la hija de Ricardo -¡ah, ya! — "don't you remember her? she's Ricardo's daughter" - "oh yes, of course!"

6) [expresando acuerdo o incredulidad]

ya, pero... — yes, but...

¡ya, ya! — iró yes, yes!, oh, yes!, oh, sure!

ya, y luego viste un burro volando ¿no? — iró sure, and pigs might fly!

esto ya es un robo — this really is robbery

7) [con valor enfático]

pues ya gasta ¿eh? — he really does spend a lot, doesn't he?

¿una hora tardas en llegar al trabajo? pues ya está lejos ¿eh? — it takes you an hour to get to work? it must be quite some way away!

ya lo creo que estuvimos allí — you bet we were there

¿que no se ha casado? ya lo creo que sí — you say she hasn't got married? I think you'll find she has

es más pobre que Haití, que ya es decir — it's poorer than Haiti, and that's saying something

¡murió con 104 años, que ya es decir! — she was 104 when she died, which is no mean achievement!

pues si él no viene, ya me dirás qué hacemos — you tell me what we'll do if he doesn't come

• ¡ya está! — that's it

rellena el impreso y ya está — fill in the form and that's it

¡ya está bien! — that's (quite) enough!

¡ya me gustaría a mí poder viajar! — I wouldn't mind being able to travel either!

¡ya era hora! — about time too!

¡ya podían haber avisado de que venían! — they could have said they were coming!

¡ya puedes ir preparando el dinero! — you'd better start getting the money ready!

2. CONJ

1) [uso distributivo]

ya por una razón, ya por otra — whether for one reason or another

ya te vayas, ya te quedes, me es igual — whether you go or stay is all the same to me

ya dice que sí, ya dice que no — first he says yes, then he says no, one minute he says yes, the next he says no

• no ya — not only

no ya aquí, sino en todas partes — not only here, but everywhere

debes hacerlo, no ya por los demás, sino por ti mismo también — you should do it, not just for everyone else's sake but for your own sake too

2)

• ya que — (seeing) as, since

ya que no viene, iremos nosotros — (seeing) as o since she's not coming, we'll go

ya que ha dejado de llover, ¿por qué no salimos a dar una vuelta? — (seeing) as o since it's stopped raining, why don't we go for a walk?

ya que no estudia, por lo menos podía ponerse a trabajar — seeing as she isn't studying, the least she could do is get a job

* * *
I
adverbio [Both the simple past ya terminé and the present perfect ya he terminado are used to refer to the recent indefinite past. The former is the preferred form in Latin America while in Spain there is a tendency to use the latter]

1)

a) ( en frases afirmativas o interrogativas) already

¿ya te has gastado todo el dinero? — have you spent all the money already?

ya terminé — I've (already) finished

ya te dije que no — I've already said no

¿ya ha llegado Ernesto? — has Ernesto arrived yet?, did Ernesto arrive yet? (AmE)

ya lo sé — I (already) know

aprietas este botón y ya está! — you press this button, and that's it!

le teníamos tanta fe y ya ves, nos ha defraudado — we had such faith in him and look what happened, he's let us down

b) ( expresando que se ha comprendido) yes, sure (colloq)

dile que venga - ya, pero ¿si no quiere? — tell her to come - yes, but what if she doesn't want to?

me he pasado el día estudiando - ya, ya! — (iró) I spent the whole day studying - oh sure! (iro)

2)

a) ( en frases negativas) any more

ese color ya no se lleva — nobody wears that color any more

ya ni siquiera me escribe — he doesn't even write (to) me any more

estaba muy segura pero ya no sé qué pensar — I was very sure about it, but now I don't know what to think

creo que ya no vienen — I don't think they'll come now

b)

no ya... sino — not (just)... but

estamos hablando no ya de cambios sino de una total reestructuración — we are not (just) talking about changes but about a total restructuring

3) (enseguida, ahora) right now

ya voy! — coming!

la comida ya va a estar — the meal's almost ready

preparados listos ya! — on your mark(s), get set, go!

ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea — you'd better start getting used to the idea

desde ya te digo que no puede ser — (esp AmL) I can tell you right now that it's not possible

ya mismo — (esp AmL) right away, straightaway (BrE)

4) ( con verbo en futuro)

ya te contaré — I'll tell you all about it

ya lo entenderás — you'll understand one day

5) ( en comparaciones)

éste ya no me gusta tanto — I don't like this one so much

pintado de blanco ya es otra cosa — it really does look much better painted white

6) ( uso enfático)

ya quisiera yo! — I should be so lucky!

ya era hora — about time (too)!

ya me tienes harta! — I'm (just about) fed up with you!

¿te parece que allí se vive mejor? - ya lo creo! — do you think people live better there? - you bet! (colloq)

7)

ya que — since, as

ya que estás aquí — since o as you're here

ya que estoy, limpio éste también — while I'm at it I may as well clean this one too
II
conjunción

ya por tierra, ya por mar — (liter) whether by land or by sea

se puede solicitar ya sea en persona o por teléfono — it can be ordered either in person or by telephone

* * *

= already, by now.

Ex. Some revisions have already been announced.

Ex. It will be evident by now that the microcomputer market is a complex place.

----

* algo ya muy conocido y usado = old nag.

* basta ya = enough is enough.

* estar aquí ya = be upon us.

* hace ya mucho tiempo que = gone are the days of.

* hace ya tiempo = long since.

* no ser así ya = be no longer the case.

* ¡Preparados, listos, ya! = On your mark, get set, go!, ready, set, go!.

* ser hora ya de que = be about time (that), be high time (that/to/for).

* ser ya hora de que = it + be + well past the time for, be high time (that/to/for).

* ya ¡venga ya! = on your bike!.

* ya basta = enough is enough.

* ya cortado en lonchas = pre-sliced [presliced].

* ya cortado en rodajas = pre-sliced [presliced].

* ya de por sí escaso = already-scarce.

* ya en + Expresión Temporal = as far back as + Expresión Temporal.

* ya en + Fecha = as early as + Fecha.

* ya era hora = not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.

* ya es bastante = enough is enough.

* ya es hora (de que) = it's about time (that).

* ya existente = pre-existing [preexisting].

* ya hace algún tiempo = for quite some time.

* ya hace bastante tiempo = for quite a while now.

* ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.

* ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).

* ya + lleva + desde hace + Expresión Temporal = have + now + been + for + Expresión Temporal.

* ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.

* ya mencionado = aforementioned.

* ya no = any longer, no longer, not... anymore.

* ya parte de la empresa = on board.

* ya perforado = pre-drilled.

* ya preparado = preformatted [pre-formatted].

* ya que = as, for, since, in that, seeing that/as.

* ya que estamos en ello = while we're at it.

* ya sea... o... = whether... or....

* ya ser hora de que = be about time (that), be high time (that/to/for).

* ya tradicional = long-established.

* ya usado = second-hand [secondhand].

* * *
I
adverbio [Both the simple past ya terminé and the present perfect ya he terminado are used to refer to the recent indefinite past. The former is the preferred form in Latin America while in Spain there is a tendency to use the latter]

1)

a) ( en frases afirmativas o interrogativas) already

¿ya te has gastado todo el dinero? — have you spent all the money already?

ya terminé — I've (already) finished

ya te dije que no — I've already said no

¿ya ha llegado Ernesto? — has Ernesto arrived yet?, did Ernesto arrive yet? (AmE)

ya lo sé — I (already) know

aprietas este botón y ya está! — you press this button, and that's it!

le teníamos tanta fe y ya ves, nos ha defraudado — we had such faith in him and look what happened, he's let us down

b) ( expresando que se ha comprendido) yes, sure (colloq)

dile que venga - ya, pero ¿si no quiere? — tell her to come - yes, but what if she doesn't want to?

me he pasado el día estudiando - ya, ya! — (iró) I spent the whole day studying - oh sure! (iro)

2)

a) ( en frases negativas) any more

ese color ya no se lleva — nobody wears that color any more

ya ni siquiera me escribe — he doesn't even write (to) me any more

estaba muy segura pero ya no sé qué pensar — I was very sure about it, but now I don't know what to think

creo que ya no vienen — I don't think they'll come now

b)

no ya... sino — not (just)... but

estamos hablando no ya de cambios sino de una total reestructuración — we are not (just) talking about changes but about a total restructuring

3) (enseguida, ahora) right now

ya voy! — coming!

la comida ya va a estar — the meal's almost ready

preparados listos ya! — on your mark(s), get set, go!

ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea — you'd better start getting used to the idea

desde ya te digo que no puede ser — (esp AmL) I can tell you right now that it's not possible

ya mismo — (esp AmL) right away, straightaway (BrE)

4) ( con verbo en futuro)

ya te contaré — I'll tell you all about it

ya lo entenderás — you'll understand one day

5) ( en comparaciones)

éste ya no me gusta tanto — I don't like this one so much

pintado de blanco ya es otra cosa — it really does look much better painted white

6) ( uso enfático)

ya quisiera yo! — I should be so lucky!

ya era hora — about time (too)!

ya me tienes harta! — I'm (just about) fed up with you!

¿te parece que allí se vive mejor? - ya lo creo! — do you think people live better there? - you bet! (colloq)

7)

ya que — since, as

ya que estás aquí — since o as you're here

ya que estoy, limpio éste también — while I'm at it I may as well clean this one too
II
conjunción

ya por tierra, ya por mar — (liter) whether by land or by sea

se puede solicitar ya sea en persona o por teléfono — it can be ordered either in person or by telephone

* * *

= already, by now.

Ex: Some revisions have already been announced.

Ex: It will be evident by now that the microcomputer market is a complex place.

* algo ya muy conocido y usado = old nag.

* basta ya = enough is enough.

* estar aquí ya = be upon us.

* hace ya mucho tiempo que = gone are the days of.

* hace ya tiempo = long since.

* no ser así ya = be no longer the case.

* ¡Preparados, listos, ya! = On your mark, get set, go!, ready, set, go!.

* ser hora ya de que = be about time (that), be high time (that/to/for).

* ser ya hora de que = it + be + well past the time for, be high time (that/to/for).

* ya ¡venga ya! = on your bike!.

* ya basta = enough is enough.

* ya cortado en lonchas = pre-sliced [presliced].

* ya cortado en rodajas = pre-sliced [presliced].

* ya de por sí escaso = already-scarce.

* ya en + Expresión Temporal = as far back as + Expresión Temporal.

* ya en + Fecha = as early as + Fecha.

* ya era hora = not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.

* ya es bastante = enough is enough.

* ya es hora (de que) = it's about time (that).

* ya existente = pre-existing [preexisting].

* ya hace algún tiempo = for quite some time.

* ya hace bastante tiempo = for quite a while now.

* ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.

* ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).

* ya + lleva + desde hace + Expresión Temporal = have + now + been + for + Expresión Temporal.

* ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.

* ya mencionado = aforementioned.

* ya no = any longer, no longer, not... anymore.

* ya parte de la empresa = on board.

* ya perforado = pre-drilled.

* ya preparado = preformatted [pre-formatted].

* ya que = as, for, since, in that, seeing that/as.

* ya que estamos en ello = while we're at it.

* ya sea... o... = whether... or....

* ya ser hora de que = be about time (that), be high time (that/to/for).

* ya tradicional = long-established.

* ya usado = second-hand [secondhand].

* * *

ya¹

adverb

[ Both the simple past ya terminé and the present perfect ya he terminado are used to refer to the recent indefinite past. The former is the preferred form in Latin America, while in Spain there is a tendency to use the latter.]

A

1

(en frases afirmativas o interrogativas): ¿ya te has gastado todo el dinero que te di? have you spent all the money I gave you already?

ya terminé I've (already) finished

ya te dije que no I've already said no, I already said no

¿ya ha llegado Ernesto? has Ernesto arrived yet?, did Ernesto arrive yet? ( AmE)

a las nueve ya estaban durmiendo by nine o'clock they were already asleep

¿ya estás molestando a tu hermana otra vez? are you bothering your sister again?

ya lo sé, me lo dijo Sonia I (already) know, Sonia told me

luego aprietas este botón ¡y ya está! then you press this button, and that's it! o that's that! o there you are!

le teníamos tanta fe y ya ves, nos ha defraudado we had such faith in him and look what happened, he's let us down

2 (expresando que se ha comprendido) yes, sure ( colloq)

tú le dices que venga — ya, pero ¿si no quiere? you tell her to come — yes, but what if she doesn't want to?

me he pasado el día estudiando — ¡ya, ya! ( iró); I spent the whole day studying — oh sure! ( iro)

3

(buscando acuerdo): te vas a portar bien ¿ya? you're going to be a good boy, okay? o ( BrE) aren't you?

B

1 (en frases negativas) any more, no longer

ya no trabaja aquí he doesn't work here any more, he no longer works here

ese estilo de zapatos ya no se lleva nobody wears shoes like that any more

ya ni siquiera me escribe he doesn't even write (to) me any more, he no longer even writes (to) me

estaba muy segura pero ya no sé qué pensar I was very sure about it, but now I don't know what to think

son las once, yo creo que ya no vienen it's eleven o'clock, I don't think they'll come now

si perdemos este tren ya no llegamos if we miss this train we won't get there in time

2

no ya … sino not (just) … but

estamos hablando no ya de cambios sino de una total reestructuración we are not (just) talking about changes but about a total restructuring

C (enseguida, ahora) right now

¡Pilar! — ¡ya voy! Pilar! — coming!

¿le falta mucho a la comida? — no, ya va a estar will lunch be long? — no, it's almost ready

preparados or prontos or en sus marcas, listos ¡ya! on your mark(s), get set, go!

ya puedes ir despidiéndote de ese dinero you can kiss that money goodbye

este fin de semana no sales, así que ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you're not going out this weekend, so you'd better start getting used to the idea

desde ya te digo que lo veo muy difícil ( esp AmL); I can tell you right now I think it's going to be pretty difficult

ya mismo ( esp AmL); right away, straightaway ( BrE)

D

(expresando promesa, esperanza, amenaza): ya te contaré cuando nos veamos I'll tell you all about it next time we meet

ya lo entenderás cuando seas mayor you'll understand one day, when you're older

E

(en comparaciones): éste es precioso, éste ya no me gusta tanto this one is beautiful, but I don't like this one so much

pintado de blanco ya es otra cosa it really does look much better painted white

F

(uso enfático): ¡ya quisiera yo! I should be so lucky!, chance would be a fine thing! ( BrE)

¡ya era hora! about time (too)!

ya es hora de que empieces a buscar trabajo it's (about) time you started to look for a job

¡ya me tienes harta con tus quejas! I'm just about fed up with your complaining all the time!

¿te parece que allí se vive mejor? — ¡ya lo creo! do you think people live better there? — you bet! ( colloq)

ya me dirás or contarás qué hacía él en un sitio así what on earth he was doing in a place like that, I don't know ( colloq)

G

ya que since, as

ya que estás aquí since o as you're here

ya que estoy, lo limpio por dentro también while I'm at it I may as well clean the inside too

ya²

conjunction

ya por tierra, ya por mar ( liter); whether by land or by sea

se puede solicitar ya sea en persona o por teléfono it can be ordered either in person or by telephone

* * *

ya adverbio Both the simple past
◊ ya terminé and the present perfect ya he terminado are used to refer to the recent indefinite past. The former is the preferred form in Latin America while in Spain there is a tendency to use the latter

1
a) ( en frases afirmativas o interrogativas) already;

◊ ¿ya te has gastado todo el dinero? have you spent all the money already?;

ya terminé I've (already) finished;
¿ya ha llegado Ernesto? has Ernesto arrived yet?, did Ernesto arrive yet? (AmE);
aprietas este botón ¡y ya está! you press this button, and that's it!
b) ( expresando que se ha comprendido) yes, sure (colloq)

2
a) ( en frases negativas) any more;

◊ ese color ya no se lleva nobody wears that color any more

b)

◊ no ya … sino not (just) … but

3 (enseguida, ahora) right now;
◊ desde ya te digo que no puede ser (esp AmL) I can tell you right now that it's not possible;

ya mismo (esp AmL) right away, straightaway (BrE);
¡ya voy! coming!;
preparados listos ¡ya! on your mark(s), get set, go!
4 ( con verbo en futuro):
◊ ya te contaré I'll tell you all about it;

ya lo entenderás you'll understand one day
5 ( uso enfático):
◊ ¡ya quisiera yo! I should be so lucky!;

ya era hora about time (too)!;
¡ya me tienes harta! I'm (just about) fed up with you!
6
◊ ya que since, as;

ya que estás aquí since o as you're here
■ conjunción:
◊ se puede solicitar ya sea en persona o por teléfono it can be ordered either in person or by telephone

ya
I adverbio
1 already
2 (presente) ya lo sé, I already know
ya puedes empezar, you can start now
(inmediatamente) now: decídelo ya, decide right now
3 (pasado) already: ya entonces nos conocíamos, we already knew each other
ya en 1213, as early as 1213
4 (futuro) ya veré lo que hago, I'll see
ya tendremos tiempo para hacerlo, we'll have time to do it later ➣ Ver nota en already
5 (con frases negativas) ya no lo soporto más, I can't bear him any more
ya no trabaja aquí, she no longer works here
6 (uso enfático) ya era hora, about time too
¡ya está bien!, enough is enough!
II conj ya que, since: llámale hoy, ya que mañana se irá de viaje, call him today, because tomorrow he'll be away
Como regla general, cuando ya se refiere al pasado se traduce por already: Ya lo he hecho. I've already done it. Cuando hace referencia al presente se traduce por now (ya podemos irnos, we can go now) y en el futuro se traduce por later o no se traduce: Ya hablaremos. We'll talk about it ( later).

'ya' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrigar
- achacosa
- achacoso
- aclimatarse
- acreditar
- adiós
- ajustar
- altura
- amañarse
- ambientarse
- antaño
- anterioridad
- avisar
- bañera
- barbaridad
- bien
- bote
- caber
- cabeza
- caer
- canción
- cara
- celo
- cerca
- colocar
- como
- coña
- constructor
- constructora
- creer
- cuento
- deber
- despedirse
- desventura
- devolución
- dicha
- dicho
- distraerse
- don
- doña
- Ecuador
- empezar
- emplazamiento
- enferma
- enfermo
- enfriar
- entrada
- entrado
- ser
- escacharrar
English:
about
- act
- act up
- advertise
- ago
- alive
- already
- antics
- any
- as
- asleep
- can
- care
- clog up
- come off
- cut out
- damage
- day
- decide
- do
- elderly
- enough
- far
- foregone
- forenamed
- format
- fuck
- gazumping
- given
- go
- go off
- gone
- have
- he's
- high
- inflammation
- it
- just
- knack
- lay off
- let up
- like
- long
- more
- move
- neither
- nervous
- no
- now
- obtainable

* * *

ya

♦ adv

1. [en el pasado] already;

ya me lo habías contado you had already told me;

¿llamaron o [m5] han llamado ya? have they called yet?;

¿habrán llegado ya? will they have arrived yet o by now?;

ya dejó de llover it has stopped raining;

ya en 1926 as long ago as 1926

2. [expresando sorpresa] already;

¿ya has vuelto? are you back already?;

son las siete – ¿ya? it's seven o'clock – already?

3. [en presente] now;

bueno, yo ya me voy right, I'm off now;

ya es hora de cenar it's time for dinner;

ya eres mayor para esas cosas you're too old for that sort of thing;

¡ya voy! I'm coming!

4. [inmediatamente] at once;

hay que hacer algo ya something has to be done now o at once;
Fam
desde ya right now;

hay que empezar desde ya we have to start right now o away;

desde ya considérate invitado consider yourself invited as of now;

ya mismo right away

5. [en frases negativas]
yo ya no estaba segura de nada I was no longer sure of anything;

ya no es así it's not like that any more, it's no longer like that;

ya no me duele it doesn't hurt any more, it no longer hurts;

para entonces ya no quedarán entradas there won't be any tickets left by then

6. [en el futuro]
ya te llamaré I'll call you o Br give you a ring some time;

ya hablaremos we'll talk later;

ya nos habremos ido we'll already have gone;

ya me dirás si te gustó you can tell me later if you liked it;

ya verás you'll (soon) see;

ya verás cuando se enteren just wait till they find out;

¡ya te agarraré yo a ti! I'll get you sooner or later!

7. [con valor enfático o intensivo]
ya entiendo/lo sé I understand/know;

sin el uniforme ya parece otro he looks completely different without his uniform on;

¡ya está! ¿ves qué fácil? that's it o there you are, see how easy it is?;

¡ya no aguanto más! I can't take any more!, I've had enough!;

¿es éste tu coche? – ¡ya me gustaría a mí! o [m5]¡ya quisiera yo! is this your car? – I wish! o if only!;

ya podías haberlo dicho antes you could have said so before;

ya puedes hacer las maletas y largarte I suggest you pack your bags and leave;

¿qué haces despierto? – ya ves, que no puedo dormir what are you doing awake? – well, I can't get to sleep, you see;

te matas a trabajar y, ya ves, luego se olvidan de ti you work yourself to death and then what happens…? they forget about you

♦ conj

1. [distributiva]
ya sea por unas cosas ya sea por otras, siguen pasando hambre for one reason or another, they are still going hungry;

manden sus datos ya sea por carta o por correo electrónico send in your details (either) by post or by e-mail

2. [adversativa]
ya no… sino…, no ya… sino… not only… but…;

confían no ya en clasificarse sino en llegar a la final they are not only confident of qualifying but also of reaching the final

♦ interj
[indica asentimiento] right!; [indica comprensión] yes!;
¡ya! no me eches más leche that's enough milk, thanks!;

preparados, listos, ¡ya! ready, steady, go!, on your marks, get set, go!;
Irónico
¡ya, ya! sure!, yes, of course!

♦ ya que loc conj

since;

ya que has venido, ayúdame con esto since you're here, give me a hand with this;

ya que te pones, podías hacer también la cena you could get dinner ready while you're at it;

ya que eres tan listo, dime… if you're so clever o since you're so smart, tell me…

* * *

ya

adv

1 already;

ya lo sé I know

2 ( ahora mismo) now;

ya viene she’s coming now

3

:

¿lo puede hacer? - ¡ya lo creo!; can she do it ? – you bet!;

¡ya! incredulidad oh, yeah!, sure!; comprensión I know, I understand; asenso OK, sure; al terminar finished!, done!;

¡ah, ya! al acordarse oh, of course!

4 en frases negativas

:

ya no vive aquí he doesn’t live here any more, he no longer lives here;

ya no lo tengo I don’t have it any more, I no longer have it

5

:

ya que since, as

6

:

ya … ya … either … or …

* * *

ya adv

1) : already

ya terminó: she's finished already

2) : now, right now

¡hazlo ya!: do it now!

ya mismo: right away

3) : later, soon

ya iremos: we'll go later on

4) : no longer, anymore

ya no fuma: he no longer smokes

5) (used for emphasis)

¡ya lo sé!: I know!

ya lo creo: of course

6)

no ya : not only

no ya lloran sino gritan: they're not only crying but screaming

7)

ya que : now that, since

ya que sabe la verdad: now that she knows the truth

ya conj

ya... ya : whether... or, first... then

ya le gusta, ya no: first he likes it, then he doesn't

* * *

ya¹ adv

1. (en general) already

ya lo he hecho I've already done it

¿ya te vas? are you going already?

2. (ahora) now

ya deben estar allí they must be there now

no grites, ya voy don't shout, I'm coming

3. (luego) later

ya veremos we'll see

ya lo haré I'll do it later

4. (uso enfático)

ya lo sé I know

ya entiendo I see

ya te lo dije I told you so

ya está that's it

ya no no longer / not any more

ya no vive aquí she no longer lives here / she doesn't live here any more

ya que since

ya que te has ofrecido since you offered

ya² interj yes / of course

Spanish-English dictionary > ya
69 Magnus

1.
magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:
magnai reipublicai gratia,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
I.
Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.
the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,
a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:
magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,
Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:
magnus fluens Nilus,
Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:
magna et pulcra domus,
spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
montes,
Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):
templa caelitum,
vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):
aquae,
great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:
oppidum maximum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
B.
Esp.
1.
Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:
maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:
magna pecunia mutua,
id. Att. 11, 3, 3:
copia pabuli,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
multitudo peditatus,
id. ib. 4, 34:
divitiae,
Nep. Dion. 1, 2:
populus,
Verg. A. 1, 148.—
2.
Rarely of time, for longus, multus:
interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,
Verg. A. 3, 284:
magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,
Macr. S. 2, 11:
magno post tempore,
Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
3.
Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:
magna voce confiteri,
Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:
tribunorum,
Liv. 9, 46, 7.
II.
Trop.
A.
In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):
vir magnus in primis,
Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:
nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,
id. ib. 2, 66, 167:
magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,
Nep. Them. 6, 1:
Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,
Sall. C. 53, 1:
amicus,
great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):
virtus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 15:
infamia,
Cic. Fam. 1, 1:
eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,
id. ib.:
multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,
Caes. B. G. 1, 46:
causa,
great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:
opus et arduum,
id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:
quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,
something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:
magna loqui,
to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:
magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,
it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:
probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,
what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:
quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:
jam magno natu,
Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:
homo magnus natu,
id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:
qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,
older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:
audivi ex majoribus natu,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109:
hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,
Verg. A. 5, 644:
annos natus major quadraginta,
more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:
civis major annis viginti,
Suet. Caes. 42:
cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,
Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:
ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,
Liv. 6, 34:
Gelo maximus stirpis,
id. 23, 30:
ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,
App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.
in gen.: Cyrus major,
Lact. 4, 5, 7:
quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,
Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:
si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,
Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:
Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:
ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:
L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,
Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:
patres majoresque nostri,
id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:
more majorum,
id. Att. 1, 1, 1:
spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:
majores natu,
Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:
maxima virgo,
the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:
de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,
Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
2.
In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:
magni esse,
to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:
magni aestimare,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:
magni existimans interesse ad decus,
to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:
emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,
id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
magno vendere,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:
conducere aliquid nimium magno,
too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:
magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,
cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:
ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,
Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:
multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,
dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:
senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:
extollere aliquid in majus,
more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:
celebrare,
id. ib. 13, 8:
nuntiare,
id. H. 3, 38:
credere,
to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:
accipere,
to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
3.
Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):
magnum clamat,
greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:
inclamare,
Gell. 5, 9 fin.:
exclamat derepente maximum,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
A.
Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
B.
In gen.
1.
With no qualifying words.
a.
With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
(α).
With verbs:
quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:
saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:
magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,
Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:
nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,
id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:
quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,
Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:
tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,
id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:
quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,
Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:
magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,
id. Cael. 6, 14.—
(β).
With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):
umbra es amantum magis quam amator,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:
magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:
aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,
id. Mur. 8, 17:
magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:
ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13, 6:
se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,
id. ib. 2, 32, 1:
timori magis quam religioni consulere,
id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:
jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,
Sall. C. 9, 1:
non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),
Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:
in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,
Quint. 9, 1, 23:
Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,
Liv. 10, 4, 10:
pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,
Sen. Suas. 6, 17:
non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,
Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:
nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,
Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):
quid philosophia magis colendum?
Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:
quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?
Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:
quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,
Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):
Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:
quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?
id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:
quam mage amo quam matrem meam,
id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:
quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,
id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:
jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:
nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,
Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:
neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,
id. Am. 2, 1, 54:
ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,
Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:
corpora magna magis quam firma,
Liv. 5, 44, 4:
vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,
Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:
neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,
id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:
ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,
Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):
ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
b.
Without the addition of the second term.
(α).
With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):
sapiunt magis,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:
magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 10, 3:
magis metuant,
id. Mil. 5, 44:
tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:
cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:
magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
(β).
With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):
magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,
better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:
ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:
magis anxius,
Ov. M. 1, 182:
hic magis tranquillu'st,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:
nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:
nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,
id. ib. 2, 1, 21:
quod est magis verisimile,
Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:
magis admirabilis oratio,
Quint. 8, 3, 24:
magis communia verba,
id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;
nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:
magis aperte,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:
magis impense,
id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:
magis est dulcius,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:
magis majores nugae,
id. Men. prol. 55:
magis modum in majorem,
id. Am. 1, 1, 145:
contentiores mage erunt,
id. Poen. 2, 15.—
2.
Strengthened.
a.
By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:
qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,
Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:
illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,
id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:
tanto magis Dic, quis est?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:
ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,
id. Most. 3, 2, 146:
vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,
Lucr. 6, 460:
quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25:
sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:
atque eo magis, si, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:
eoque magis quod, etc.,
id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;
5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,
Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:
hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 20:
quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:
magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:
tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 787:
quanto mage... tam magis,
Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:
quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:
quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,
id. As. 1, 3, 6:
densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. G. 3, 309:
cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
b.
By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:
cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,
Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:
de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,
Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:
magis deinde ac magis,
Suet. Vit. 10:
post hoc magis ac magis,
id. Gram. 3;
for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,
id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:
magis atque magis,
Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:
post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,
id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
3.
Pleon.
a.
With potius (anteclass.):
magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:
mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,
id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
b.
With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;
his vero auditis multo magis,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,
Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
C.
In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
1.
To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:
domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,
i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:
non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,
Liv. 22, 27, 2:
conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,
Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:
si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:
non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,
Sen. Ep. 87, 25;
Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,
Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:
nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,
just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
2.
For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:
deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:
miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,
Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
3.
Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:
sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,
Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:
minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,
Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:
quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,
Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:
quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,
id. Suas. 1, 5:
aut minus, aut magis,
id. Ep. 82, 14.—
4.
With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:
alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:
sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,
id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:
alii aliis magis recusare,
Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
A.
Lit.
1.
Alone.
a.
With a verb:
haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,
Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:
quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?
Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:
nos coluit maxime,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:
quem convenire maxime cupiebam,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:
de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,
Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:
extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,
id. Quint. 10, 35:
in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,
most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,
came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.
pugnare,
most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:
jubere,
most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:
id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,
Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:
ab eo exordiri volui maxime,
id. Off. 1, 2, 4:
cernere naturae vim maxime,
id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
b.
With an adj.:
res maxime necessaria,
Cic. Lael. 23, 86:
loca maxime frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
loci ad hoc maxime idonei,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
maxime naturali carent amicitia,
Cic. Lael. 21, 80:
maxime feri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,
id. ib. 1, 3:
idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
elegans maxime auctor,
id. 10, 1, 93:
maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,
id. 2, 4, 37:
noto enim maxime utar exemplo,
id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:
quae maxime liberalissima,
Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:
maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),
Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
c.
With numerals, at most:
puer ad annos maxime natus octo,
Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
d.
With an adv.:
ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
2.
Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):
qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,
Curt. 5, 2, 5:
cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,
Nep. Milt. 1, 1:
quae maxime omnium belli avida,
Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:
atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:
imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:
hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,
id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:
quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,
id. Part. Or. 33, 114:
quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,
as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:
ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:
ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:
quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,
Sall. C. 1, 3:
ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,
Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
3.
With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:
tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,
as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:
grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,
Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
4.
With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):
hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,
Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:
ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.
, in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,
id. ib. 1, 15, 47:
ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,
id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
5.
In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:
hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,
Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:
si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,
id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:
in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,
Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:
maxime... dein,
Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:
sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,
Col. 5, 6, 4:
maxime... deinde... postea... minume,
Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:
maxime... postea... ultimae,
Col. 6, 3, 6:
post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,
Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:
quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:
scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:
maxime quod de judicatu meo,
id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:
cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,
id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:
scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:
plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,
Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:
tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,
id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:
longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,
id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:
cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 9:
ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,
Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:
haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;
2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:
tum cum maxime,
at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,
tunc cum maxime,
Curt. 3, 2, 17:
nunc cum maxime,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
2.
In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:
scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,
Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
2.
Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Magnus
70 magnus

1.
magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:
magnai reipublicai gratia,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
I.
Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.
the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,
a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:
magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,
Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:
magnus fluens Nilus,
Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:
magna et pulcra domus,
spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
montes,
Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):
templa caelitum,
vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):
aquae,
great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:
oppidum maximum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
B.
Esp.
1.
Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:
maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:
magna pecunia mutua,
id. Att. 11, 3, 3:
copia pabuli,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
multitudo peditatus,
id. ib. 4, 34:
divitiae,
Nep. Dion. 1, 2:
populus,
Verg. A. 1, 148.—
2.
Rarely of time, for longus, multus:
interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,
Verg. A. 3, 284:
magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,
Macr. S. 2, 11:
magno post tempore,
Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
3.
Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:
magna voce confiteri,
Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:
tribunorum,
Liv. 9, 46, 7.
II.
Trop.
A.
In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):
vir magnus in primis,
Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:
nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,
id. ib. 2, 66, 167:
magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,
Nep. Them. 6, 1:
Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,
Sall. C. 53, 1:
amicus,
great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):
virtus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 15:
infamia,
Cic. Fam. 1, 1:
eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,
id. ib.:
multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,
Caes. B. G. 1, 46:
causa,
great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:
opus et arduum,
id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:
quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,
something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:
magna loqui,
to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:
magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,
it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:
probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,
what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:
quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:
jam magno natu,
Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:
homo magnus natu,
id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:
qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,
older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:
audivi ex majoribus natu,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109:
hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,
Verg. A. 5, 644:
annos natus major quadraginta,
more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:
civis major annis viginti,
Suet. Caes. 42:
cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,
Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:
ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,
Liv. 6, 34:
Gelo maximus stirpis,
id. 23, 30:
ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,
App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.
in gen.: Cyrus major,
Lact. 4, 5, 7:
quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,
Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:
si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,
Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:
Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:
ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:
L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,
Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:
patres majoresque nostri,
id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:
more majorum,
id. Att. 1, 1, 1:
spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:
majores natu,
Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:
maxima virgo,
the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:
de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,
Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
2.
In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:
magni esse,
to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:
magni aestimare,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:
magni existimans interesse ad decus,
to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:
emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,
id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
magno vendere,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:
conducere aliquid nimium magno,
too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:
magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,
cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:
ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,
Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:
multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,
dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:
senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:
extollere aliquid in majus,
more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:
celebrare,
id. ib. 13, 8:
nuntiare,
id. H. 3, 38:
credere,
to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:
accipere,
to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
3.
Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):
magnum clamat,
greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:
inclamare,
Gell. 5, 9 fin.:
exclamat derepente maximum,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
A.
Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
B.
In gen.
1.
With no qualifying words.
a.
With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
(α).
With verbs:
quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:
saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:
magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,
Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:
nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,
id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:
quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,
Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:
tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,
id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:
quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,
Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:
magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,
id. Cael. 6, 14.—
(β).
With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):
umbra es amantum magis quam amator,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:
magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:
aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,
id. Mur. 8, 17:
magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:
ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13, 6:
se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,
id. ib. 2, 32, 1:
timori magis quam religioni consulere,
id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:
jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,
Sall. C. 9, 1:
non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),
Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:
in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,
Quint. 9, 1, 23:
Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,
Liv. 10, 4, 10:
pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,
Sen. Suas. 6, 17:
non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,
Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:
nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,
Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):
quid philosophia magis colendum?
Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:
quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?
Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:
quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,
Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):
Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:
quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?
id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:
quam mage amo quam matrem meam,
id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:
quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,
id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:
jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:
nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,
Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:
neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,
id. Am. 2, 1, 54:
ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,
Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:
corpora magna magis quam firma,
Liv. 5, 44, 4:
vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,
Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:
neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,
id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:
ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,
Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):
ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
b.
Without the addition of the second term.
(α).
With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):
sapiunt magis,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:
magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 10, 3:
magis metuant,
id. Mil. 5, 44:
tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:
cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:
magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
(β).
With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):
magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,
better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:
ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:
magis anxius,
Ov. M. 1, 182:
hic magis tranquillu'st,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:
nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:
nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,
id. ib. 2, 1, 21:
quod est magis verisimile,
Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:
magis admirabilis oratio,
Quint. 8, 3, 24:
magis communia verba,
id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;
nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:
magis aperte,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:
magis impense,
id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:
magis est dulcius,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:
magis majores nugae,
id. Men. prol. 55:
magis modum in majorem,
id. Am. 1, 1, 145:
contentiores mage erunt,
id. Poen. 2, 15.—
2.
Strengthened.
a.
By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:
qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,
Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:
illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,
id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:
tanto magis Dic, quis est?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:
ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,
id. Most. 3, 2, 146:
vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,
Lucr. 6, 460:
quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25:
sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:
atque eo magis, si, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:
eoque magis quod, etc.,
id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;
5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,
Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:
hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 20:
quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:
magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:
tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 787:
quanto mage... tam magis,
Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:
quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:
quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,
id. As. 1, 3, 6:
densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. G. 3, 309:
cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
b.
By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:
cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,
Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:
de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,
Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:
magis deinde ac magis,
Suet. Vit. 10:
post hoc magis ac magis,
id. Gram. 3;
for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,
id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:
magis atque magis,
Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:
post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,
id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
3.
Pleon.
a.
With potius (anteclass.):
magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:
mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,
id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
b.
With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;
his vero auditis multo magis,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,
Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
C.
In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
1.
To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:
domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,
i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:
non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,
Liv. 22, 27, 2:
conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,
Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:
si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:
non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,
Sen. Ep. 87, 25;
Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,
Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:
nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,
just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
2.
For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:
deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:
miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,
Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
3.
Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:
sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,
Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:
minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,
Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:
quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,
Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:
quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,
id. Suas. 1, 5:
aut minus, aut magis,
id. Ep. 82, 14.—
4.
With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:
alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:
sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,
id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:
alii aliis magis recusare,
Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
A.
Lit.
1.
Alone.
a.
With a verb:
haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,
Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:
quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?
Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:
nos coluit maxime,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:
quem convenire maxime cupiebam,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:
de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,
Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:
extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,
id. Quint. 10, 35:
in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,
most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,
came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.
pugnare,
most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:
jubere,
most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:
id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,
Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:
ab eo exordiri volui maxime,
id. Off. 1, 2, 4:
cernere naturae vim maxime,
id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
b.
With an adj.:
res maxime necessaria,
Cic. Lael. 23, 86:
loca maxime frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
loci ad hoc maxime idonei,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
maxime naturali carent amicitia,
Cic. Lael. 21, 80:
maxime feri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,
id. ib. 1, 3:
idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
elegans maxime auctor,
id. 10, 1, 93:
maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,
id. 2, 4, 37:
noto enim maxime utar exemplo,
id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:
quae maxime liberalissima,
Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:
maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),
Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
c.
With numerals, at most:
puer ad annos maxime natus octo,
Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
d.
With an adv.:
ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
2.
Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):
qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,
Curt. 5, 2, 5:
cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,
Nep. Milt. 1, 1:
quae maxime omnium belli avida,
Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:
atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:
imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:
hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,
id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:
quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,
id. Part. Or. 33, 114:
quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,
as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:
ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:
ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:
quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,
Sall. C. 1, 3:
ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,
Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
3.
With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:
tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,
as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:
grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,
Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
4.
With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):
hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,
Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:
ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.
, in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,
id. ib. 1, 15, 47:
ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,
id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
5.
In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:
hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,
Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:
si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,
id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:
in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,
Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:
maxime... dein,
Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:
sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,
Col. 5, 6, 4:
maxime... deinde... postea... minume,
Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:
maxime... postea... ultimae,
Col. 6, 3, 6:
post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,
Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:
quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:
scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:
maxime quod de judicatu meo,
id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:
cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,
id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:
scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:
plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,
Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:
tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,
id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:
longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,
id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:
cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 9:
ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,
Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:
haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;
2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:
tum cum maxime,
at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,
tunc cum maxime,
Curt. 3, 2, 17:
nunc cum maxime,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
2.
In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:
scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,
Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
2.
Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > magnus
71 majores

1.
magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:
magnai reipublicai gratia,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
I.
Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.
the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,
a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:
magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,
Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:
magnus fluens Nilus,
Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:
magna et pulcra domus,
spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
montes,
Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):
templa caelitum,
vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):
aquae,
great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:
oppidum maximum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
B.
Esp.
1.
Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:
maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:
magna pecunia mutua,
id. Att. 11, 3, 3:
copia pabuli,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
multitudo peditatus,
id. ib. 4, 34:
divitiae,
Nep. Dion. 1, 2:
populus,
Verg. A. 1, 148.—
2.
Rarely of time, for longus, multus:
interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,
Verg. A. 3, 284:
magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,
Macr. S. 2, 11:
magno post tempore,
Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
3.
Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:
magna voce confiteri,
Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:
tribunorum,
Liv. 9, 46, 7.
II.
Trop.
A.
In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):
vir magnus in primis,
Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:
nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,
id. ib. 2, 66, 167:
magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,
Nep. Them. 6, 1:
Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,
Sall. C. 53, 1:
amicus,
great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):
virtus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 15:
infamia,
Cic. Fam. 1, 1:
eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,
id. ib.:
multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,
Caes. B. G. 1, 46:
causa,
great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:
opus et arduum,
id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:
quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,
something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:
magna loqui,
to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:
magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,
it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:
probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,
what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:
quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:
jam magno natu,
Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:
homo magnus natu,
id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:
qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,
older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:
audivi ex majoribus natu,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109:
hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,
Verg. A. 5, 644:
annos natus major quadraginta,
more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:
civis major annis viginti,
Suet. Caes. 42:
cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,
Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:
ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,
Liv. 6, 34:
Gelo maximus stirpis,
id. 23, 30:
ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,
App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.
in gen.: Cyrus major,
Lact. 4, 5, 7:
quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,
Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:
si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,
Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:
Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:
ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:
L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,
Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:
patres majoresque nostri,
id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:
more majorum,
id. Att. 1, 1, 1:
spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:
majores natu,
Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:
maxima virgo,
the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:
de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,
Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
2.
In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:
magni esse,
to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:
magni aestimare,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:
magni existimans interesse ad decus,
to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:
emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,
id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
magno vendere,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:
conducere aliquid nimium magno,
too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:
magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,
cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:
ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,
Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:
multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,
dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:
senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:
extollere aliquid in majus,
more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:
celebrare,
id. ib. 13, 8:
nuntiare,
id. H. 3, 38:
credere,
to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:
accipere,
to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
3.
Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):
magnum clamat,
greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:
inclamare,
Gell. 5, 9 fin.:
exclamat derepente maximum,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
A.
Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
B.
In gen.
1.
With no qualifying words.
a.
With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
(α).
With verbs:
quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:
saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:
magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,
Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:
nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,
id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:
quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,
Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:
tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,
id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:
quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,
Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:
magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,
id. Cael. 6, 14.—
(β).
With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):
umbra es amantum magis quam amator,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:
magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:
aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,
id. Mur. 8, 17:
magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:
ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13, 6:
se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,
id. ib. 2, 32, 1:
timori magis quam religioni consulere,
id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:
jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,
Sall. C. 9, 1:
non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),
Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:
in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,
Quint. 9, 1, 23:
Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,
Liv. 10, 4, 10:
pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,
Sen. Suas. 6, 17:
non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,
Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:
nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,
Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):
quid philosophia magis colendum?
Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:
quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?
Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:
quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,
Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):
Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:
quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?
id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:
quam mage amo quam matrem meam,
id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:
quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,
id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:
jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:
nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,
Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:
neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,
id. Am. 2, 1, 54:
ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,
Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:
corpora magna magis quam firma,
Liv. 5, 44, 4:
vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,
Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:
neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,
id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:
ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,
Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):
ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
b.
Without the addition of the second term.
(α).
With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):
sapiunt magis,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:
magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 10, 3:
magis metuant,
id. Mil. 5, 44:
tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:
cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:
magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
(β).
With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):
magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,
better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:
ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:
magis anxius,
Ov. M. 1, 182:
hic magis tranquillu'st,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:
nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:
nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,
id. ib. 2, 1, 21:
quod est magis verisimile,
Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:
magis admirabilis oratio,
Quint. 8, 3, 24:
magis communia verba,
id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;
nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:
magis aperte,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:
magis impense,
id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:
magis est dulcius,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:
magis majores nugae,
id. Men. prol. 55:
magis modum in majorem,
id. Am. 1, 1, 145:
contentiores mage erunt,
id. Poen. 2, 15.—
2.
Strengthened.
a.
By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:
qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,
Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:
illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,
id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:
tanto magis Dic, quis est?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:
ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,
id. Most. 3, 2, 146:
vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,
Lucr. 6, 460:
quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25:
sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:
atque eo magis, si, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:
eoque magis quod, etc.,
id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;
5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,
Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:
hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 20:
quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:
magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:
tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 787:
quanto mage... tam magis,
Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:
quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:
quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,
id. As. 1, 3, 6:
densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. G. 3, 309:
cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
b.
By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:
cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,
Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:
de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,
Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:
magis deinde ac magis,
Suet. Vit. 10:
post hoc magis ac magis,
id. Gram. 3;
for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,
id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:
magis atque magis,
Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:
post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,
id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
3.
Pleon.
a.
With potius (anteclass.):
magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:
mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,
id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
b.
With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;
his vero auditis multo magis,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,
Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
C.
In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
1.
To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:
domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,
i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:
non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,
Liv. 22, 27, 2:
conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,
Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:
si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:
non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,
Sen. Ep. 87, 25;
Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,
Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:
nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,
just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
2.
For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:
deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:
miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,
Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
3.
Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:
sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,
Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:
minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,
Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:
quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,
Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:
quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,
id. Suas. 1, 5:
aut minus, aut magis,
id. Ep. 82, 14.—
4.
With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:
alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:
sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,
id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:
alii aliis magis recusare,
Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
A.
Lit.
1.
Alone.
a.
With a verb:
haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,
Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:
quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?
Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:
nos coluit maxime,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:
quem convenire maxime cupiebam,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:
de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,
Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:
extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,
id. Quint. 10, 35:
in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,
most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,
came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.
pugnare,
most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:
jubere,
most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:
id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,
Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:
ab eo exordiri volui maxime,
id. Off. 1, 2, 4:
cernere naturae vim maxime,
id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
b.
With an adj.:
res maxime necessaria,
Cic. Lael. 23, 86:
loca maxime frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
loci ad hoc maxime idonei,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
maxime naturali carent amicitia,
Cic. Lael. 21, 80:
maxime feri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,
id. ib. 1, 3:
idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
elegans maxime auctor,
id. 10, 1, 93:
maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,
id. 2, 4, 37:
noto enim maxime utar exemplo,
id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:
quae maxime liberalissima,
Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:
maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),
Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
c.
With numerals, at most:
puer ad annos maxime natus octo,
Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
d.
With an adv.:
ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
2.
Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):
qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,
Curt. 5, 2, 5:
cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,
Nep. Milt. 1, 1:
quae maxime omnium belli avida,
Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:
atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:
imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:
hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,
id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:
quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,
id. Part. Or. 33, 114:
quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,
as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:
ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:
ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:
quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,
Sall. C. 1, 3:
ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,
Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
3.
With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:
tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,
as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:
grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,
Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
4.
With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):
hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,
Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:
ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.
, in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,
id. ib. 1, 15, 47:
ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,
id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
5.
In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:
hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,
Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:
si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,
id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:
in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,
Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:
maxime... dein,
Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:
sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,
Col. 5, 6, 4:
maxime... deinde... postea... minume,
Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:
maxime... postea... ultimae,
Col. 6, 3, 6:
post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,
Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:
quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:
scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:
maxime quod de judicatu meo,
id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:
cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,
id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:
scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:
plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,
Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:
tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,
id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:
longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,
id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:
cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 9:
ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,
Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:
haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;
2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:
tum cum maxime,
at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,
tunc cum maxime,
Curt. 3, 2, 17:
nunc cum maxime,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
2.
In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:
scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,
Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
2.
Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > majores
72 maxume

1.
magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:
magnai reipublicai gratia,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
I.
Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.
the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,
a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:
magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,
Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:
magnus fluens Nilus,
Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:
magna et pulcra domus,
spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
montes,
Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):
templa caelitum,
vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):
aquae,
great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:
oppidum maximum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
B.
Esp.
1.
Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:
maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:
magna pecunia mutua,
id. Att. 11, 3, 3:
copia pabuli,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
multitudo peditatus,
id. ib. 4, 34:
divitiae,
Nep. Dion. 1, 2:
populus,
Verg. A. 1, 148.—
2.
Rarely of time, for longus, multus:
interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,
Verg. A. 3, 284:
magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,
Macr. S. 2, 11:
magno post tempore,
Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
3.
Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:
magna voce confiteri,
Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:
tribunorum,
Liv. 9, 46, 7.
II.
Trop.
A.
In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):
vir magnus in primis,
Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:
nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,
id. ib. 2, 66, 167:
magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,
Nep. Them. 6, 1:
Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,
Sall. C. 53, 1:
amicus,
great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):
virtus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 15:
infamia,
Cic. Fam. 1, 1:
eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,
id. ib.:
multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,
Caes. B. G. 1, 46:
causa,
great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:
opus et arduum,
id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:
quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,
something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:
magna loqui,
to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:
magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,
it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:
probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,
what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:
quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:
jam magno natu,
Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:
homo magnus natu,
id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:
qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,
older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:
audivi ex majoribus natu,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109:
hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,
Verg. A. 5, 644:
annos natus major quadraginta,
more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:
civis major annis viginti,
Suet. Caes. 42:
cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,
Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:
ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,
Liv. 6, 34:
Gelo maximus stirpis,
id. 23, 30:
ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,
App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.
in gen.: Cyrus major,
Lact. 4, 5, 7:
quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,
Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:
si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,
Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:
Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:
ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:
L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,
Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:
patres majoresque nostri,
id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:
more majorum,
id. Att. 1, 1, 1:
spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:
majores natu,
Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:
maxima virgo,
the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:
de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,
Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
2.
In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:
magni esse,
to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:
magni aestimare,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:
magni existimans interesse ad decus,
to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:
emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,
id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
magno vendere,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:
conducere aliquid nimium magno,
too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:
magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,
cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:
ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,
Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:
multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,
dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:
senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:
extollere aliquid in majus,
more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:
celebrare,
id. ib. 13, 8:
nuntiare,
id. H. 3, 38:
credere,
to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:
accipere,
to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
3.
Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):
magnum clamat,
greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:
inclamare,
Gell. 5, 9 fin.:
exclamat derepente maximum,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
A.
Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
B.
In gen.
1.
With no qualifying words.
a.
With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
(α).
With verbs:
quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:
saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:
magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,
Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:
nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,
id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:
quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,
Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:
tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,
id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:
quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,
Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:
magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,
id. Cael. 6, 14.—
(β).
With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):
umbra es amantum magis quam amator,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:
magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:
aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,
id. Mur. 8, 17:
magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:
ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13, 6:
se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,
id. ib. 2, 32, 1:
timori magis quam religioni consulere,
id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:
jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,
Sall. C. 9, 1:
non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),
Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:
in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,
Quint. 9, 1, 23:
Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,
Liv. 10, 4, 10:
pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,
Sen. Suas. 6, 17:
non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,
Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:
nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,
Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):
quid philosophia magis colendum?
Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:
quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?
Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:
quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,
Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):
Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:
quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?
id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:
quam mage amo quam matrem meam,
id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:
quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,
id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:
jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:
nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,
Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:
neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,
id. Am. 2, 1, 54:
ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,
Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:
corpora magna magis quam firma,
Liv. 5, 44, 4:
vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,
Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:
neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,
id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:
ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,
Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):
ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
b.
Without the addition of the second term.
(α).
With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):
sapiunt magis,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:
magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 10, 3:
magis metuant,
id. Mil. 5, 44:
tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:
cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:
magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
(β).
With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):
magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,
better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:
ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:
magis anxius,
Ov. M. 1, 182:
hic magis tranquillu'st,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:
nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:
nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,
id. ib. 2, 1, 21:
quod est magis verisimile,
Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:
magis admirabilis oratio,
Quint. 8, 3, 24:
magis communia verba,
id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;
nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:
magis aperte,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:
magis impense,
id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:
magis est dulcius,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:
magis majores nugae,
id. Men. prol. 55:
magis modum in majorem,
id. Am. 1, 1, 145:
contentiores mage erunt,
id. Poen. 2, 15.—
2.
Strengthened.
a.
By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:
qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,
Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:
illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,
id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:
tanto magis Dic, quis est?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:
ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,
id. Most. 3, 2, 146:
vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,
Lucr. 6, 460:
quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25:
sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:
atque eo magis, si, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:
eoque magis quod, etc.,
id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;
5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,
Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:
hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 20:
quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:
magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:
tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 787:
quanto mage... tam magis,
Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:
quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:
quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,
id. As. 1, 3, 6:
densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. G. 3, 309:
cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
b.
By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:
cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,
Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:
de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,
Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:
magis deinde ac magis,
Suet. Vit. 10:
post hoc magis ac magis,
id. Gram. 3;
for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,
id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:
magis atque magis,
Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:
post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,
id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
3.
Pleon.
a.
With potius (anteclass.):
magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:
mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,
id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
b.
With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;
his vero auditis multo magis,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,
Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
C.
In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
1.
To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:
domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,
i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:
non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,
Liv. 22, 27, 2:
conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,
Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:
si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:
non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,
Sen. Ep. 87, 25;
Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,
Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:
nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,
just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
2.
For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:
deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:
miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,
Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
3.
Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:
sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,
Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:
minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,
Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:
quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,
Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:
quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,
id. Suas. 1, 5:
aut minus, aut magis,
id. Ep. 82, 14.—
4.
With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:
alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:
sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,
id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:
alii aliis magis recusare,
Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
A.
Lit.
1.
Alone.
a.
With a verb:
haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,
Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:
quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?
Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:
nos coluit maxime,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:
quem convenire maxime cupiebam,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:
de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,
Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:
extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,
id. Quint. 10, 35:
in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,
most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,
came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.
pugnare,
most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:
jubere,
most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:
id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,
Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:
ab eo exordiri volui maxime,
id. Off. 1, 2, 4:
cernere naturae vim maxime,
id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
b.
With an adj.:
res maxime necessaria,
Cic. Lael. 23, 86:
loca maxime frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
loci ad hoc maxime idonei,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
maxime naturali carent amicitia,
Cic. Lael. 21, 80:
maxime feri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,
id. ib. 1, 3:
idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
elegans maxime auctor,
id. 10, 1, 93:
maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,
id. 2, 4, 37:
noto enim maxime utar exemplo,
id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:
quae maxime liberalissima,
Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:
maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),
Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
c.
With numerals, at most:
puer ad annos maxime natus octo,
Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
d.
With an adv.:
ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
2.
Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):
qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,
Curt. 5, 2, 5:
cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,
Nep. Milt. 1, 1:
quae maxime omnium belli avida,
Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:
atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:
imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:
hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,
id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:
quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,
id. Part. Or. 33, 114:
quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,
as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:
ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:
ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:
quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,
Sall. C. 1, 3:
ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,
Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
3.
With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:
tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,
as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:
grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,
Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
4.
With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):
hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,
Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:
ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.
, in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,
id. ib. 1, 15, 47:
ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,
id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
5.
In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:
hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,
Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:
si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,
id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:
in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,
Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:
maxime... dein,
Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:
sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,
Col. 5, 6, 4:
maxime... deinde... postea... minume,
Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:
maxime... postea... ultimae,
Col. 6, 3, 6:
post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,
Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:
quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:
scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:
maxime quod de judicatu meo,
id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:
cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,
id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:
scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:
plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,
Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:
tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,
id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:
longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,
id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:
cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 9:
ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,
Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:
haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;
2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:
tum cum maxime,
at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,
tunc cum maxime,
Curt. 3, 2, 17:
nunc cum maxime,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
2.
In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:
scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,
Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
2.
Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > maxume
73 maxumus

1.
magnus, a, um (archaic gen. magnai for magnae:
magnai reipublicai gratia,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 23), adj.; comp. mājor, us; sup. maxĭmus ( maxŭm-), a, um [root magh-; Sanscr. mahat, maba, great; Gr. megas; cf. meizôn for megiôn; cf. mêchos, majestas; also cf. root mak-; Gr. makros, and perh. makar], great, large.
I.
Lit., of physical size or quantity, great, large; of things, vast, extensive, spacious, etc.: nequam et magnus homo, a great, tall fellow, Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 32 Mull.; cf.
the double meaning: tu, bis denis grandia libris Qui scribis Priami proelia, magnus homo es,
a great man, Mart. 9, 51, 4: magna ossa lacertique Apparent homini, Lucil. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1:
magna ossa lacertosque Exuit,
Verg. A. 5, 422: (scarus) magnusque bonusque, Enn. ap. App. Mag. p. 299 (Heduph. v. 9 Vahl.): indu mari magno, id. ap. Macr. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 425 Vahl.); so, in mari magno, id. ap. Fest. p. 356 Mull.; cf. Lucr. 2, 554:
magnus fluens Nilus,
Verg. G. 3, 28; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2:
magna et pulcra domus,
spacious, Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
montes,
Cat. 64. 280; cf. Olympum, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 20 Mull. (Ann. v. 1 Vahl.):
templa caelitum,
vast, id. ib. 7, § 6 (Trag. v. 227 Vahl.): magnae quercus, great oaks, lofty oaks, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2 (Ann. v. 194 Vahl.):
aquae,
great floods, inundations, Liv. 24, 9: saxa maxima, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:
oppidum maximum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23.—
B.
Esp.
1.
Of measure, weight, quantity, great, much, abundant, considerable, etc.:
maximum pondus auri, magnum numerum frumenti, vim mellis maximam exportasse,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 72, § 176:
magna pecunia mutua,
id. Att. 11, 3, 3:
copia pabuli,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
multitudo peditatus,
id. ib. 4, 34:
divitiae,
Nep. Dion. 1, 2:
populus,
Verg. A. 1, 148.—
2.
Rarely of time, for longus, multus:
interea magnum sol circumvolvitur annum,
Verg. A. 3, 284:
magnum vocans solis (annum) comparatione lunaris,
Macr. S. 2, 11:
magno post tempore,
Just. 11, 10, 14; 32, 3, 10.—
3.
Of the voice, loud, powerful, strong, mighty:
magna voce confiteri,
Cic. Caecin. 32, 92: major pars, the majority:
tribunorum,
Liv. 9, 46, 7.
II.
Trop.
A.
In gen., great, grand, mighty, noble, lofty, important, of great weight or importance, momentous: cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 207 Vahl.); cf.: Saturnia magna dearum, id. ap. Prisc. p. 1103 P. (Ann. v. 482 Vahl.):
vir magnus in primis,
Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:
nemo igitur vir magnus sine aliquo adflatu divino umquam fuit,
id. ib. 2, 66, 167:
magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit, nec minor in pace,
Nep. Them. 6, 1:
Cato clarus atque magnus habetur,
Sall. C. 53, 1:
amicus,
great, wealthy, Juv. 6, 312: res magnas parvasque Eloqui, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 244 Vahl.):
virtus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 15:
infamia,
Cic. Fam. 1, 1:
eloquentia, gravitas, studium, contentio,
id. ib.:
multo major alacritas, studiumque pugnandi majus,
Caes. B. G. 1, 46:
causa,
great, important, weighty, Cic. Dom. 1, 1:
opus et arduum,
id. Or. 10, 33.— Absol. in neutr, sing. and plur.:
quamquam id magnum, et arduum est,
something great, Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: magna Di curant ( great things, important matters), parva neglegunt, id. N. D. 2, 66, 167:
magna loqui,
to say great things, speak boastfully, Tib. 2, 6, 11:
magnum est efficere, ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud, etc.,
it is a great, difficult, important thing, Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7:
probitatem vel in eis, quos numquam vidimus, vel, quod majus est, in hoste etiam diligimus,
what is far greater, id. Lael. 9, 29: annus magnus, the great year, at the end of which the sun, moon, and planets were supposed to return to the same relative positions, the Piatonic year or cycle, consisting of 15000 years:
quarum (stellarum) ex disparibus motionibus, magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 52; id. Fragm. ap. Tac. Or. 16.— Posit. in comparison: Alexander orbi magnus est, Alex. andro orbis angustus, great in comparison with, i. e. too great for, Sen. Suas. 1, 3.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Of age, with natu, advanced in years, of great age, aged:
jam magno natu,
Nep. Paus. 5; Liv. 3, 71, 3:
homo magnus natu,
id. 10, 38, 6.—Usually in the comp. and sup., with or without natu or annis, older, the elder, the oldest or eldest:
qui (Livius) fuit major natu quam Plautus et Naevius,
older than, earlier, Cic. Tusc. 1, 1, 3:
audivi ex majoribus natu,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109:
hic una e multis, quae maxima natu, Pyrgo,
Verg. A. 5, 644:
annos natus major quadraginta,
more than, Cic. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:
civis major annis viginti,
Suet. Caes. 42:
cum liberis, majoribus quam quindecim annos natis,
Liv. 45, 32.— Absol.: senis nostri frater major, the elder of two, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 13:
ex duobus filiis major, Caes B. C. 3, 108, 3: Fabii Ambusti filiae duae nuptae, Ser. Sulpicio major minor Licinio Stoloni erat,
Liv. 6, 34:
Gelo maximus stirpis,
id. 23, 30:
ut nubere vellet mulier viro, major juniori,
App. Mag. 27, p. 291, 28; cf.
in gen.: Cyrus major,
Lact. 4, 5, 7:
quaerere uter major aetate fuerit, Homerus an Hesiodus, cum minor Hecuba fuerit quam Helena,
Sen. Ep. 88, 5.—In legal lang., major (opp. minor), one who has attained his twenty-fifth year, who is of age:
si minor negotiis majoris intervenerit,
Dig. 4, 4, 24.—In plur. subst.: mājō-res, um, m., adults (opp. pueri), Varr. L. L. 9, 10, § 16 Mull.—But usually majores, ancestors, forefathers:
Itan tandem hanc majores famam tradiderunt tibi tui, Ut, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 16:
ibi mei sunt majores siti, pater, avos, proavos, abavos,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 20:
L. Philippus, vir patre, avo, majoribus suis dignissimus,
Cic. Phil. 3, 10, 25:
patres majoresque nostri,
id. Div. in Caecil. 21, 69:
more majorum,
id. Att. 1, 1, 1:
spes tamen una est, aliquando populum Romanum majorum similem fore,
id. Fam. 12, 22, 2:
majores natu,
Nep. Iphicr. 1, 1:
maxima virgo,
the eldest of the Vestal virgins, Ov. F. 4, 639: major erus, the old master, the master of the house, the old man (opp.: minor erus, the young master): Le. Ubinam est erus? Li. Major apud forum'st, minor hic est intus, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 63: majores natu, of the Senate:
de istis rebus in patria majores natu consulemus,
Liv. 1, 32, 10.—In designating relationship, magnus denotes kindred of the fourth, major of the fifth, and maximus of the sixth degree; so, avunculus magnus, a great-uncle; amita magna, a greataunt; avunculus or amita major; avunculus maximus, amita maxima, etc.; v. h. vv., and cf. Dig. 38, 10, 10.—
2.
In specifications of value, in the neutr. absol., magni or magno, high, dear, of great value, at a high price, etc.; cf.: pretii majoris or maximi, higher, highest, very high:
magni esse,
to be highly esteemed, Cic. Fam. 13, 72, 2:
magni aestimare,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 20:
magni existimans interesse ad decus,
to be of great consequence, id. N. D. 1, 4, 7:
emere agros poterunt quam volent magno,
id. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
magno vendere,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 30, § 71:
conducere aliquid nimium magno,
too high, too dear, id. Att. 1, 17, 9:
magno illi ea cunctatio stetit,
cost him dear, Liv. 2, 36.— Comp.:
ornatus muliebris majoris pretii,
Cic. Inv 1, 31, 51, rarely without pretii:
multo majoris alapae mecum veneunt,
dearer, higher, Phaedr. 2, 5, 25.— Sup.: te haec solum semper fecit maxumi, most highly prized, Ter And. 1, 5, 58:
senatus auctoritatem sibi maximi videri,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2: in majus, too greatly, too highly, greater than it is:
extollere aliquid in majus,
more highly than it deserves, Tac. A. 15, 30:
celebrare,
id. ib. 13, 8:
nuntiare,
id. H. 3, 38:
credere,
to believe a thing to be worse than it is, id. ib. 1, 18:
accipere,
to take a thing to be greater than it is, id. ib. 3, 8 init.: innotescere, in an exaggerated manner, id. ib 4, 50.—Also with abl., in majus vero ferri, Liv. 21, 32, 7.—
3.
Magnum and maximum, adverbially, greatly, loudly (ante- and post-class.):
magnum clamat,
greatly, with a loud voice, aloud, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 10:
inclamare,
Gell. 5, 9 fin.:
exclamat derepente maximum,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 57.—Hence, măgis, adv., only in comp. in this anomalous form (i. e. mag-ius, like pris-cus for [p. 1100] prius-cus, and pris-tinus for prius-tinus); and in sup.: maxĭmē ( maxŭmē).
A.
Comp.: magĭs (apocop. form, măgĕ, Plaut. As. 1, 1, 51; 2, 3, 14; id. Mon. 2, 3, 35; id. Poen. 1, 2, 64; 1, 2, 14; id. Trin. 4, 3, 46; id. Truc. 1, 2, 75; 3, 1, 17; 4, 4, 34; Lucr. 4, 81; 756; 5, 1203; Prop. 1, 11, 9; 3 (4), 14, 2; 4 (5), 8, 16; Verg. A. 10, 481; Sol. 22 fin.; but in Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2, magis or magi'. Acc. to Serv. Verg. A. 10, 481, Cicero in the Frumentaria wrote: mage condemnatum hominum in judicium adducere non posse), in a higher degree, more completely, more (for the difference between magis, plus, potius, and amplius, v. amplius).—
B.
In gen.
1.
With no qualifying words.
a.
With the addition of the second term of the comparison.
(α).
With verbs:
quae (facinora) istaec aetas fugere magis quam sectari solet,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 28:
saliendo sese exercebant magis, quam scorto aut saviis,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 25; id. Pers. 4, 4, 108; 86:
magis honorem tribuere quam salutem accipere,
Caes. B. G. 7, 20, 7:
nisi forte magis erit parricida, si qui consularem patrem, quam si quis humilem necarit,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
magis ut consuetudinem servem, quam quod, etc.,
id. Clu. 32, 89.—Repeated:
quam magis exhausto spumaverit ubere mulctra, Laeta magis pressis manabunt flumina mammis, i. e. quo magis,... eo magis,
Verg. G. 3, 309 sq.; cf.:
tam magis illa fremens... quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,
id. ib. 7, 787 sq.; v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 566.—Magis est, quod or ut, there is greater reason, there is more cause that, etc.:
quamobrem etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem: tamen etiam rogo, etc.,
Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:
magis est, ut ipse moleste ferat, errasse se, quam ut, etc.,
id. Cael. 6, 14.—
(β).
With substt., usu. with quam: tu me amoris magis quam honoris servavisti gratia, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69: bellipotentes sunt magi' quam sapientipotentes, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 2, 56, 116 (Ann. v. 188 Vahl.):
umbra es amantum magis quam amator,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 31:
magis adeo id facilitate quam alia ulla culpa mea contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15:
aditus ad consulatum non magis nobilitati quam virtuti pateret,
id. Mur. 8, 17:
magis ratione et consilio quam virtute vicisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 8; cf.:
ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13, 6:
se magis consuetudine sua quam merito eorum civitatem conservaturum,
id. ib. 2, 32, 1:
timori magis quam religioni consulere,
id. B. C. 1, 67, 3:
jus bonumque apud eos non legibus magis quam natura valebat,
Sall. C. 9, 1:
non duces magis quam milites callent (obsistere, etc.),
Curt. 3, 2, 14.—And after negatives: non magis quam, as little as:
in dicendo irasci, dolere... non sunt figurae, non magis quam suadere,
Quint. 9, 1, 23:
Romanos nec magis jam dolo capi quam armis vinci posse,
Liv. 10, 4, 10:
pro certo habens non magis Antonio eripi se quam Caesari Brutum posse,
Sen. Suas. 6, 17:
non magis Alexandri saevitiam quam Bessi parricidium ferre potuisse,
Curt. 7, 6, 15; cf.:
nec magis post proelium quam in proelio caedibus temperatum est,
Liv. 2, 16, 9. —Followed by atque instead of quam (rare):
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15.— With the comp. abl. (rare):
quid philosophia magis colendum?
Cic. Fin. 3, 22, 76:
quanto magis Aliensi die Aliam ipsam reformidaturos?
Liv. 6, 28, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:
quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam... coluisse,
Verg. A. 1, 15 (cf. B. 3. infra):
Albanum sive Falernum Te magis appositis delectat,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 17.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
quid habetis, qui mage immortales vos credam esse quam ego siem?
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 64:
quis homo sit magis meus quam tu es?
id. Mil. 3, 1, 20:
quam mage amo quam matrem meam,
id. Truc. 3, 1, 17; cf.:
quem ego ecastor mage amo quam me,
id. ib. 4, 4, 34.—With utrum, followed by an:
jam scibo, utrum haec me mage amet, an marsupium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 35.—With the abl. instead of quam:
nec magis hac infra quicquam est in corpore nostro,
Lucr. 3, 274; Verg. A. 1, 15.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv., and esp. with those which do not admit the comparative termination (most freq. without adding the second term of the comparison; v. under b. d): numquam potuisti mihi Magis opportunus advenire quam advenis, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 47:
neque lac lacti magis est simile, quam ille ego similis est mei,
id. Am. 2, 1, 54:
ars magis magna atque uber, quam difficilis et obscura,
Cic. de Or. 1, 42, 190:
corpora magna magis quam firma,
Liv. 5, 44, 4:
vultu pulchro magis quam venusto,
Suet. Ner. 51.—With the abl., Plaut. As. 3, 3, 114:
neque ego hoc homine quemquam vidi magis malum,
id. Ps. 4, 1, 27:
ab secundis rebus magis etiam solito incauti,
Liv. 5, 44, 6.—With compp. (adding to their force):
ita fustibus sum mollior miser magis quam ullus cinaedus,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 8. —
b.
Without the addition of the second term.
(α).
With verbs: ergo plusque magisque viri nunc gloria claret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 315 Vahl.):
sapiunt magis,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 4:
magis curae est, magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 10, 3:
magis metuant,
id. Mil. 5, 44:
tum magis id diceres, Fanni, si, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 7 fin.; cf. id. Rep. 1, 40, 62:
cum Pompeius ita contendisset, ut nihil umquam magis,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 20:
magis velle, for malle: quod magis vellem evenire,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 1; Val. Fl. 3, 270.—
(β).
With substt.: non ex jure manum consertum sed magi' ferro, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10 (Ann. v. 276 Vahl.):
magis aedilis fieri non potuisset,
better, finer, Cic. Planc. 24, 60.—
(γ).
With pronn.:
ecastor neminem hodie mage Amat corde atque animo suo,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 75.—
(δ).
With adjj. and advv. (so most freq.).—With adjj.:
ut quadam magis necessaria ratione recte sit vivendum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:
magis anxius,
Ov. M. 1, 182:
hic magis tranquillu'st,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 55:
nihil videtur mundius, nec magis compositum quicquam, nec magis elegans,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 12:
nemo fuit magis severus nec magis continens,
id. ib. 2, 1, 21:
quod est magis verisimile,
Caes. B. G. 3, 13, 6:
magis admirabilis oratio,
Quint. 8, 3, 24:
magis communia verba,
id. 8, 2, 24 et saep.; rare: magis quam in aliis = praeter ceteros;
nescio quo pacto magis quam in aliis suum cuique pulchrum est,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 22, 63.— With advv.:
magis aperte,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 30:
magis impense,
id. ib. 5, 9, 36.—With compp. adding to their force:
magis est dulcius,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 22:
magis majores nugae,
id. Men. prol. 55:
magis modum in majorem,
id. Am. 1, 1, 145:
contentiores mage erunt,
id. Poen. 2, 15.—
2.
Strengthened.
a.
By etiam, multo, tanto, eo, hoc, quo, tam, quam; and negatively, nihilo:
qualis in dicendo Hierocles Alabandeus, magis etiam Menecles, frater ejus, fuit,
Cic. Brut. 95, 325; id. Off. 1, 21, 72:
illud ad me, ac multo etiam magis ad vos,
id. de Or. 2, 32, 139:
tanto magis Dic, quis est?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 28:
ut quidque magis contemplor, tanto magis placet,
id. Most. 3, 2, 146:
vicina cacumina caelo, quam sint magis, tanto magis fument,
Lucr. 6, 460:
quanto ille plura miscebat, tanto hic magis in dies convalescebat,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25:
sed eo magis cauto est Opus, ne huc exeat, qui, etc.,
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 22:
atque eo magis, si, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:
eoque magis quod, etc.,
id. Lael. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 1, 23; 1, 47; 3, 14;
5, 1: immo vero etiam hoc magis, quam illi veteres, quod, etc.,
Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 97:
hoc vero magis properare Varro, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 20:
quo magis cogito ego cum meo animo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; Nep. Thras. 2:
magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror,
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:
tam magis illa fremens... Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 787:
quanto mage... tam magis,
Lucr. 4, 81 sq.:
quam magis in pectore meo foveo, quas meus filius turbas turbet... magis curae est magisque afformido, ne, etc.,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 10, 1; 4, 4, 27; id. Men. 1, 1, 19:
quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,
id. As. 1, 3, 6:
densior hinc suboles Quam magis, etc.,
Verg. G. 3, 309:
cum Vercingetorix nihilo magis in aequum locum descenderet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 53.—
b.
By reduplication: magis magisque, magis et magis, magis ac magis; and poet. also, magis magis, more and more: ex desiderio magis magisque maceror, Afran. ap. Charis. p. 182 P.:
cum cotidie magis magisque perditi homines tectis ac templis urbis minarentur,
Cic. Phil. 1, 2, 5; id. Fam. 2, 18, 2; 16, 21, 2; Sall. C. 5, 7; cf. Cic. Fil. Fam. 16, 21, 2:
de Graecia cotidie magis et magis cogito,
Cic. Att. 14, 18, 4; 16, 3, 1; id. Brut. 90, 308; Liv. 7, 32, 6; Sall. J. 8, 6:
magis deinde ac magis,
Suet. Vit. 10:
post hoc magis ac magis,
id. Gram. 3;
for which also: magisque ac magis deinceps,
id. Tit. 3; Tac. A. 14, 8; Sen. de Ira, 3, 1, 4; id. Ep. 114, 25; id. Ben. 2, 14, 4; Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 10; 7, 3, 4; 10, 28, 3.— Poet. also:
magis atque magis,
Verg. A. 12, 239; Cat. 68, 48:
post, vento crescente, magis magis increbescunt,
id. 64, 275; cf. Verg. G. 4, 311.—
3.
Pleon.
a.
With potius (anteclass.):
magis decorum'st Libertum potius quam patronum onus in via portare,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 99:
mihi magis lubet cum probis potius quam cum improbis vivere,
id. Trin. 2, 1, 38.—
b.
With malle: quam cum lego, nihil malo quam has res relinquere;
his vero auditis multo magis,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
finge enim malle eum magis suum consequi quam, etc.,
Dig. 17, 2, 52, § 10. —
C.
In partic.: non (neque) magis quam.
1.
To signify perfect equality between two enunciations, no more... than; just as much... as; or neg., no more... than; just as little... as:
domus erat non domino magis ornamento quam civitati,
i. e. just as much to the city as to its owner, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 5; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2:
non Hannibale magis victo a se quam Q. Fabio,
Liv. 22, 27, 2:
conficior enim maerore, mea Terentia, nec me meae miseriae magis excruciant quam tuae vestraeque,
Cic. Fam. 13, 3, 1; Liv. 9, 22.— Neg.: qui est enim animus in aliquo morbo... non magis est sanus, quam id corpus, quod in morbo est, i. e. is just as far from being sound as a body, etc., Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 10:
si aliqua in re Verris similis fuero, non magis mihi deerit inimicus quam Verri defuit,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 69, § 162; id. Fam. 5, 12, 3; id. de Or. 2, 8, 31:
non nascitur itaque ex malo bonum, non magis quam ficus ex olea,
Sen. Ep. 87, 25;
Quint. prooem. § 26: non magis Gaium imperaturum, quam per Baianum sinum equis discursurum,
Suet. Calig. 19. —Ellipt.:
nec eo magis lege liberi sunto,
just as little from that as from the rest, Cic. Leg. 3, 4, 11.—
2.
For restricting the idea expressed in the clause with non magis, so that not more, according to a common figure of speech, = less; in Engl. not so much... as; less... than:
deinde credas mihi affirmanti velim, me hoc non pro Lysone magis quam pro omnibus scribere,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17:
miserebat non poenae magis homines, quam sceleris, quo poenam meriti essent,
Liv. 2, 5; 1, 28.—
3.
Magis minusve, magis aut minus, or magis ac minus; post-Aug. for the usual plus minusve, more or less:
sed istud magis minusve vitiosum est pro personis dicentium,
Quint. 11, 1, 27; Plin. 17, 24, 37, § 220:
minora vero plerumque sunt talia, ut pro persona, tempore, loco, causa magis ac minus vel excusata debeant videri vel reprehendenda,
Quint. 11, 1, 14; Plin. 37, 5, 18, § 67:
quaedam tamen et nationibus puto magis aut minus convenire,
Sen. Ep. 40, 11; cf.:
quosdam minus aut magis osos veritatem,
id. Suas. 1, 5:
aut minus, aut magis,
id. Ep. 82, 14.—
4.
With alius... alio, etc.: ceterae philosophorum disciplinae, omnino alia magis alia, sed tamen omnes, one more than another, i. e. in different degrees, Cic. Fin. 3, 3, 11 Madvig. ad loc. (al.:
alia magis, alia minus, v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 560): mihi videntur omnes quidem illi errasse... sed alius alio magis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 16, 43:
sunt omnino omnes fere similes, sed declarant communis notiones, alia magis alia,
id. Tusc. 4, 24, 53:
alii aliis magis recusare,
Liv. 29, 15, 11.— Sup.: maxĭmē( maxŭmē), in the highest degree, most of all, most particularly, especially, exceedingly, very, etc.
A.
Lit.
1.
Alone.
a.
With a verb:
haec una res in omni libero populo maximeque in pacatis tranquillisque civitatibus praecipue semper floruit,
Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:
quid commemorem primum aut laudem maxime?
Ter. Eun. 5, 9, 14; 3, 1, 79:
nos coluit maxime,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54:
quem convenire maxime cupiebam,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 4, 30; id. As. 3, 3, 133:
de te audiebamus ea, quae maxime vellemus,
Cic. Fam. 12, 25, a, 7; cf. id. Att. 13, 1:
extra quos (fines) egredi non possim, si maxime velim,
id. Quint. 10, 35:
in re publica maxime conservanda sunt jura belli,
most especially, id. Off. 1, 11, 33: huic legioni Caesar propter virtutem confidebat maxime, [p. 1101] Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
quem Homero crederet maxime accedere,
came nearest to, Quint. 10, 1, 86; cf.
pugnare,
most violently, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 271; 1, 1, 44:
jubere,
most positively, id. Bacch. 4, 9, 80:
id enim est profecto, quod constituta religione rem publicam contineat maxime,
Cic. Leg. 2, 27, 69; cf. maxime fin.:
ab eo exordiri volui maxime,
id. Off. 1, 2, 4:
cernere naturae vim maxime,
id. Tusc. 1, 15, 35.—
b.
With an adj.:
res maxime necessaria,
Cic. Lael. 23, 86:
loca maxime frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
loci ad hoc maxime idonei,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
maxime naturali carent amicitia,
Cic. Lael. 21, 80:
maxime feri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
qui eo tempore maxime plebi acceptus erat,
id. ib. 1, 3:
idem ad augendam eloquentiam maxime accommodati erunt,
Quint. 1, 11, 13:
elegans maxime auctor,
id. 10, 1, 93:
maxime vero commune est quaerere, an sit honesta? etc.,
id. 2, 4, 37:
noto enim maxime utar exemplo,
id. 7, 3, 3.—So with supp.:
quae maxime liberalissima,
Cic. Att. 12, 38, 3:
maxime gravissimam omniumque (rerum),
Liv. 41, 23, 4 MS. (dub.: maxumam gravissimamque, Weissenb.). —
c.
With numerals, at most:
puer ad annos maxime natus octo,
Gell. 17, 8, 4.—
d.
With an adv.:
ut dicatis quam maxime ad veritatem accommodate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 149 (v. infra 2).—
2.
Strengthened by unus, unus omnium, omnium, multo, vel, tam, quam, etc. (supply potest):
qui proelium unus maxime accenderat,
Curt. 5, 2, 5:
cum sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret,
Nep. Milt. 1, 1:
quae maxime omnium belli avida,
Liv. 23, 49; 4, 59; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 36, 19, 4:
atque ea res multo maxime disjunxit illum ab illa,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 85:
imperium populi Romani multo maxime miserabile visum est,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
illud mihi videtur vel maxime confirmare, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 65, 162:
hoc enim uno praestamus vel maxime feris,
id. de Or. 1, 8, 32:
quae quidem vel maxime suspicionem movent,
id. Part. Or. 33, 114:
quam potes, tam verba confer maxime ad compendium,
as much as possible, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 186:
ego jubeo quam maxime unam facere nos hanc familiam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 2:
ut quam maxime permaneant diuturna corpora,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 45, 108; id. de Or. 1, 34, 154:
quo mihi rectius videtur, memoriam nostri quam maxime longam efficere,
Sall. C. 1, 3:
ceterum illum juvenem incipere a quam maxime facili ac favorabili causa velim,
Quint. 12, 6, 6.—
3.
With the relative qui in the phrases, quam qui maxime and ut qui maxime:
tam enim sum amicus rei publicae, quam qui maxime,
as any one whatever, Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 6:
grata ea res, ut quae maxime senatui umquam fuit,
Liv. 5, 25; 7, 33.—
4.
With ut quisque... ita (maxime, potissimum or minime), the more... the more (or less):
hoc maxime officii est, ut quisque maxime opis indigeat, ita ei potissimum opitulari,
Cic. Off. 1, 15, 49:
ut quisque magnitudine animae maxime excellit, ita maxime, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 64; cf.
, in the contrary order: colendum autem esse ita quemque maxime, ut quisque maxime virtutibus his lenioribus erit ornatus,
id. ib. 1, 15, 47:
ut enim quisque maxime ad suum commodum refert, quaecumque agit, ita minime est vir bonus,
id. Leg. 1, 18, 49.—
5.
In gradations, to denote the first and most desirable, first of all, in the first place:
hujus industriam maxime quidem vellem, ut imitarentur ii, quos oportebat: secundo autem loco, ne alterius labori inviderent,
Cic. Phil. 8, 10, 31; cf. id. Caecin. 9, 23:
si per eum reductus insidiose redissem, me scilicet maxime sed proxime illum quoque fefellissem,
id. Rab. Post. 12, 33:
in quo genere sunt maxime oves, deinde caprae,
Varr. R. R. 2, 9, 1:
maxime... dein,
Plin. 9, 16, 23, § 56:
sed vitem maxime populus videtur alere, deinde ulmus, post etiam fraxinus,
Col. 5, 6, 4:
maxime... deinde... postea... minume,
Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 196:
maxime... postea... ultimae,
Col. 6, 3, 6:
post Chium maxime laudatur Creticum, mox Aegyptium,
Plin. 18, 7, 17, § 77.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Like potissimum, to give prominence to an idea, especially, particularly, principally:
quae ratio poetas, maximeque Homerum impulit, ut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 6, 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 51, 1:
scribe aliquid, et maxime, si Pompeius Italia cedit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 4: de Cocceio et Libone quae scribis, approbo:
maxime quod de judicatu meo,
id. ib. 12, 19, 2; id. Fin. 5, 1, 1:
cognoscat etiam rerum gestarum et memoriae veteris ordinem, maxime scilicet nostrae civitatis,
id. Or. 34, 120; id. Att. 13, 1, 2.—So in the connection, cum... tum maxime; tum... tum maxime; ut... tum maxime, but more especially:
scio et perspexi saepe: cum antehac, tum hodie maxime,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 56:
plena exemplorum est nostra res publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo,
Cic. Off. 3, 11, 47; id. Att. 11, 6, 1; id. Fl. 38, 94:
tum exercitationibus crebris atque magnis, tum scribendo maxime persequatur,
id. de Or. 2, 23, 96:
longius autem procedens, ut in ceteris eloquentiae partibus, tum maxime, etc.,
id. Brut. 93, 320.— With nunc, nuper, tum, cum, just, precisely, exactly: Me. Quid? vostrum patri Filii quot eratis? M. Su. Ut nunc maxime memini, duo, just now, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 58:
cum iis, quos nuper maxime liberaverat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 9:
ipse tum maxime admoto igne refovebat artus,
Curt. 8, 4, 25; 6, 6, 10; 5, 7, 2; Liv. 27, 4, 2 Drak.:
haec cum maxime loqueretur, sex lictores eum circumsistunt valentissimi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 76, § 187;
2, 4, 38, § 72: totius autem injustitiae nulla capitalior, quam eorum, qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
id. Off. 1, 13, 41; Liv. 4, 3; 30, 33:
tum cum maxime,
at that precise time, at that moment, Liv. 40, 13, 4; 40, 32, 1; 33, 9, 3; 43, 7, 8; so,
tunc cum maxime,
Curt. 3, 2, 17:
nunc cum maxime,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12; id. Sen. 11, 38; Liv. 29, 17, 7; v. 2. cum.—
2.
In colloquial lang., to denote emphatic assent, certainly, by all means, very well, yes; and with immo, to express emphatic dissent, certainly not, by no means: Ar. Jace, pater, talos, ut porro nos jaciamus. De. Maxime, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 54; id. Curc. 2, 3, 36: Th. Nisi quid magis Es occupatus, operam mihi da. Si. Maxime, id. Most. 4, 3, 17; Ter. And. 4, 5, 23: Ca. Numquid peccatum est, Simo? Si. Immo maxime, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 80; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 31:
scilicet res ipsa aspera est, sed vos non timetis eam. Immo vero maxime,
Sall. C. 52, 28 (v. immo); v. Hand, Turs. III. p. 552-607.
2.
Magnus, i, m., a Roman surname, e. g. Cn. Pompeius Magnus; v. Pompeius.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > maxumus
74 pasado

adj.

1 last, prior.

2 past, bygone, down-the-road, gone-by.

3 stale, gamey.

4 past, distant, remote.

m.

1 past, time before right now.

2 past, yore, ancient times, yesterday.

3 past, track record, antecedents.

4 past, past tense.

past part.

past participle of spanish verb: pasar.

* * *

pasado

► nombre masculino

1 (tiempo) past

2 LINGÚÍSTICA past, past tense

————————

pasado

► participio pasado

1→ link=pasar pasar

► adjetivo

1 past, gone by

2 (año, semana, etc) last

■ la semana pasada last week

3 (después) after

■ pasadas las once after eleven

4 (estropeado) bad

► nombre masculino pasado

1 (tiempo) past

2 LINGÚÍSTICA past, past tense

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

estar muy pasado,-a argot to be really out of it

pasado,-a de moda out of date, out of fashion, old-fashioned

pasado mañana the day after tomorrow

* * *
1. noun m.
past
2. (f. - pasada)
adj.

1) past

2) out-of-date, old-fashioned

3) bad, spoiled

* * *

1. ADJ

1) [tiempo]

el jueves pasado — last Thursday

el mes pasado — last month

pasado mañana — the day after tomorrow

pasados dos días — after two days

ya eran pasadas las seis — it was already after six

lo pasado — the past

- lo pasado, pasado está

2) (Culin) (=en mal estado) [pan] stale; [fruta] overripe

esta leche está pasada — this milk is off

3) (Culin) (=muy hecho) [carne] overdone; [arroz, pasta] overcooked

me gustan los filetes muy pasados — I like my steaks very well done

la carne estaba demasiado pasada — the meat was overdone

huevo pasado por agua — soft-boiled egg

4) (=no actual) [ropa, zapatos] old-fashioned; [noticia] stale; [idea] [costumbre] antiquated, out-of-date

5) (=muy usado) worn

esta tela está muy pasada y se rompe con facilidad — this material is very worn and it tears easily

estar pasado de vueltas o de rosca — [grifo, tuerca] to be worn; [persona] to have seen it all before

6) [belleza] faded

7) ** (=borracho, drogado)

estar pasado — to be out of one's box **

2. SM

1)

el pasado — the past

- el pasado, pasado está

2) [de persona] past

tiene un pasado muy turbio — he has a very murky past

3) (Ling) past (tense)

* * *
I
- da adjetivo

1) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

el año/sábado pasado — last year/Saturday

la visita real que tuvo lugar en días pasados — the royal visit which took place a few days ago

en tiempos pasados — in days gone by, in bygone days (liter)

lo pasado, pasado está — (fr hecha) what's done is done, let bygones be bygones

pasados dos días — after two days

son las cinco pasadas — it's after o past five o'clock

pasadas las tres de la tarde — (sometime) after three o'clock in the afternoon

pasado mañana — the day after tomorrow

2)

a) ( anticuado) old-fashioned, passé

b) ( raído) worn-out

3) < fruta> overripe; <arroz/pastas> overcooked

la leche está pasada — the milk is off

el pescado está pasado — the fish is bad o (BrE) is off

el filete muy pasado, por favor — I'd like my steak well done

4) (arg) < persona> stoned (colloq)
II
masculino

a) ( época pasada) past

eso pertenece al pasado — that's all in the past

a causa de su pasado político — because of her political background

b) (Ling) past (tense)

* * *

= past, spent.

Ex. Scanning must start to the left of the bar codes and must continue past the right end.

Ex. If you repeatedly deadhead - trim off the spent flowers - the plant goes into overdrive.

----

* anclado en el pasado = stuck in the past.

* año pasado, el = last year.

* aprender del pasado = learn from + the past.

* decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.

* del pasado = has-been, of the past, bygone, of yesteryear, gone by.

* de pasada = in passing.

* deshacer el pasado = undo + the past.

* durante el año pasado = over the past year.

* el mes pasado = last month.

* en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.

* en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.

* en un pasado muy lejano = in the dim and distant past.

* en un pasado no muy distante = in the not too distant past.

* en un pasado no muy lejano = in the not too distant past.

* en un pasado oscuro y lejano = in the dim and distant past.

* época pasada = bygone era.

* evocación del pasado = stroll down memory lane.

* hecho como de pasada = throwaway.

* hurgar en el pasado de Alguien = delve into + Posesivo + past.

* imagen del pasado = flashback [flash back].

* indagar el pasado de Alguien = delve into + Posesivo + past.

* la semana pasada = last week.

* lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.

* mejorar el pasado = improve on + the past.

* no añorar el pasado = never + look back.

* olvidar el pasado = let bygones be bygones, forget + the past.

* pasado accidentado = chequered history, chequered past.

* pasado actual, el = living past, the.

* pasado delictivo = criminal past.

* pasado de moda = passé, out of vogue, out of fashion, out of style.

* pasado, el = past, the, yesteryear.

* pasado el mejor momento de Alguien = past + Posesivo + prime.

* pasado ficticio = imaginary past.

* pasado imaginario = imaginary past.

* pasado irregular = chequered history, chequered past.

* pasado lejano, el = distant past, the.

* pasado mañana = the day after tomorrow.

* pasado reciente, el = recent past, the.

* pasado turbulento = chequered history, chequered past.

* pasado un punto = beyond a certain point, beyond a point.

* pensar en el pasado = look back.

* pertenecer al pasado = be a thing of the past, become + a thing of the past.

* recordar el pasado = take + a trip down memory lane, stroll down + memory lane, take + a stroll down memory lane.

* recuerdo del pasado = flashback [flash back].

* reliquia del pasado = relic of the past.

* rememoración del pasado = stroll down memory lane.

* rememorar el pasado = take + a trip down memory lane, stroll down + memory lane, take + a stroll down memory lane.

* reminiscencia del pasado = stroll down memory lane.

* ruptura con el pasado = break with the past, break from the past.

* tiro pasado = passing shot.

* un pasado oscuro = a dark past.

* vida pasada = previous life.

* volver al pasado = turn + the clock back.

* * *
I
- da adjetivo

1) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

el año/sábado pasado — last year/Saturday

la visita real que tuvo lugar en días pasados — the royal visit which took place a few days ago

en tiempos pasados — in days gone by, in bygone days (liter)

lo pasado, pasado está — (fr hecha) what's done is done, let bygones be bygones

pasados dos días — after two days

son las cinco pasadas — it's after o past five o'clock

pasadas las tres de la tarde — (sometime) after three o'clock in the afternoon

pasado mañana — the day after tomorrow

2)

a) ( anticuado) old-fashioned, passé

b) ( raído) worn-out

3) < fruta> overripe; <arroz/pastas> overcooked

la leche está pasada — the milk is off

el pescado está pasado — the fish is bad o (BrE) is off

el filete muy pasado, por favor — I'd like my steak well done

4) (arg) < persona> stoned (colloq)
II
masculino

a) ( época pasada) past

eso pertenece al pasado — that's all in the past

a causa de su pasado político — because of her political background

b) (Ling) past (tense)

* * *

el pasado

(n.) = past, the, yesteryear

Ex: While the reading habits of the elite form the leading edge of intellectual thought, the vast majority of humanity have had, in the past as well as the present, different habits and aims.

Ex: Ferreting out amazing treasures from yesteryear, antique dealers buy, sell or trade in a wide range of collectables.

= past, spent.

Ex: Scanning must start to the left of the bar codes and must continue past the right end.

Ex: If you repeatedly deadhead - trim off the spent flowers - the plant goes into overdrive.

* anclado en el pasado = stuck in the past.

* año pasado, el = last year.

* aprender del pasado = learn from + the past.

* decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.

* del pasado = has-been, of the past, bygone, of yesteryear, gone by.

* de pasada = in passing.

* deshacer el pasado = undo + the past.

* durante el año pasado = over the past year.

* el mes pasado = last month.

* en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.

* en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.

* en un pasado muy lejano = in the dim and distant past.

* en un pasado no muy distante = in the not too distant past.

* en un pasado no muy lejano = in the not too distant past.

* en un pasado oscuro y lejano = in the dim and distant past.

* época pasada = bygone era.

* evocación del pasado = stroll down memory lane.

* hecho como de pasada = throwaway.

* hurgar en el pasado de Alguien = delve into + Posesivo + past.

* imagen del pasado = flashback [flash back].

* indagar el pasado de Alguien = delve into + Posesivo + past.

* la semana pasada = last week.

* lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.

* mejorar el pasado = improve on + the past.

* no añorar el pasado = never + look back.

* olvidar el pasado = let bygones be bygones, forget + the past.

* pasado accidentado = chequered history, chequered past.

* pasado actual, el = living past, the.

* pasado delictivo = criminal past.

* pasado de moda = passé, out of vogue, out of fashion, out of style.

* pasado, el = past, the, yesteryear.

* pasado el mejor momento de Alguien = past + Posesivo + prime.

* pasado ficticio = imaginary past.

* pasado imaginario = imaginary past.

* pasado irregular = chequered history, chequered past.

* pasado lejano, el = distant past, the.

* pasado mañana = the day after tomorrow.

* pasado reciente, el = recent past, the.

* pasado turbulento = chequered history, chequered past.

* pasado un punto = beyond a certain point, beyond a point.

* pensar en el pasado = look back.

* pertenecer al pasado = be a thing of the past, become + a thing of the past.

* recordar el pasado = take + a trip down memory lane, stroll down + memory lane, take + a stroll down memory lane.

* recuerdo del pasado = flashback [flash back].

* reliquia del pasado = relic of the past.

* rememoración del pasado = stroll down memory lane.

* rememorar el pasado = take + a trip down memory lane, stroll down + memory lane, take + a stroll down memory lane.

* reminiscencia del pasado = stroll down memory lane.

* ruptura con el pasado = break with the past, break from the past.

* tiro pasado = passing shot.

* un pasado oscuro = a dark past.

* vida pasada = previous life.

* volver al pasado = turn + the clock back.

* * *

pasado¹ -da

adjective

A

(en expresiones de tiempo): el año/mes/sábado pasado last year/month/Saturday

el recital tuvo lugar el pasado día 14 the recital took place on the 14th

la visita real que tuvo lugar en días pasados the royal visit which took place a few days ago

como era la costumbre en tiempos pasados as was the custom in days gone by o ( liter) in bygone days

lo pasado, pasado está ( fr hecha); what's done is done, let bygones be bygones

pasados dos o tres días volvió she came back after two or three days

son las cinco pasadas it's after o past five o'clock, it's gone five ( BrE colloq)

pasadas las tres de la tarde (sometime) after three o'clock in the afternoon

ver tb mañana¹ adv A. (↑ mañana (1))

B

1 (anticuado) passé, old-fashioned

todo lo que lleva es de lo más pasado all her clothes are so passé o old-fashioned

2 (gastado, raído) worn-out

esos zapatos están muy pasados those shoes are worn out, those shoes have seen better days ( colloq hum)

los codos de la chaqueta están pasados the jacket has gone o worn through at the elbows

C ( arg); ‹persona› stoned ( colloq), out of one's head ( colloq)

D

1 ‹fruta› overripe

la leche está pasada the milk is off o sour

2 ‹arroz/pastas› overcooked

el filete muy pasado, por favor I'd like my steak well done please

pasado²

masculine

1 (época pasada) past

tenemos que olvidar el pasado we must forget the past

eso pertenece al pasado that's all in the past

a causa de su pasado político because of her political background

2 ( Ling) past, past tense

* * *

Del verbo pasar: ( conjugate pasar)

pasado es:

el participio

Multiple Entries:
pasado
pasar
pasado 1
◊ -da adjetivo

1 ( en expresiones de tiempo):
◊ el año/sábado pasado last year/Saturday;

pasados dos días after two days;
son las cinco pasadas it's after o past five o'clock;
pasado mañana the day after tomorrow
2 ( anticuado) tb
◊ pasado de moda old-fashioned

3 ‹ fruta› overripe;
‹arroz/pastas› overcooked;
‹ leche› sour;
◊ el pescado está pasado the fish is bad;

el filete muy pasado, por favor I'd like my steak well done
pasado 2 sustantivo masculino
a) ( época pasada) past

b) (Ling) past (tense)

pasar ( conjugate pasar) verbo intransitivo
1
a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past;

◊ no ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone past;

los otros coches no podían pasado the other cars weren't able to get past;
no dejan pasado a nadie they're not letting anyone through;
pasado de largo to go right o straight past;
pasado por la aduana to go through customs;
es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami;
¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?;
pasamos por delante de su casa we went past her house;
pasaba por aquí y … I was just passing by o I was in the area and …
b) ( deteniéndose en un lugar):

◊ ¿podríamos pasado por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?;

pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?;
puede pasado a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow
c) ( atravesar) to cross;

◊ pasado de un lado a otro [persona/barco] to go o cross from one side to the other;

[ humedad] to go through from one side to the other
d) ( caber):

◊ no pasadoá por la puerta it won't go through the door

2 ( entrar — acercándose al hablante) to come in;
(— alejándose del hablante) to go in;
◊ pase, por favor please, do come in;

¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!;
haga pasado al Sr Díaz show Mr Díaz in please
3
a) (transmitirse, transferirse) [corona/título] to pass;

◊ pasó de mano en mano it was passed around (to everyone)

b) ( comunicar):

◊ te paso con Javier ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier;

( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
4
a) (Educ) to pass;

◊ pasado de curso to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams

b) ( ser aceptable):

◊ no está perfecto, pero puede pasado it's not perfect, but it'll do;

por esta vez, (que) pase I'll let it pass o go this time
5
◊ pasar por

a) ( ser tenido por):

◊ podrían pasado por hermanas they could pass for sisters;

ver tb hacerse II 3
b) ( experimentar) to go through;

◊ pasado por una crisis to go through a crisis

( suceder) to happen;
◊ cuéntame lo que pasó tell me what happened;

lo que pasa es que… the thing o the problem is …;
pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
siempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same;
¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq);
¿qué te pasa? what's the matter with you?;
¿qué te pasó en el ojo? what happened to your eye?;
¿qué le pasa a la tele? what's wrong with the TV?;
eso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybody;
no le pasó nada nothing happened to him
1 ( transcurrir) [tiempo/años] to pass, go by;
◊ pasadoon muchos años many years went by o passed;

ya han pasado dos horas it's been two hours now;
un año pasa muy rápido a year goes very quickly;
¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
2 ( cesar) [crisis/mal momento] to be over;
[ efecto] to wear off;
[ dolor] to go away
3 ( arreglárselas) pasado sin algo to manage without sth
verbo transitivo
1
a) (cruzar, atravesar) ‹ frontera› to cross;

‹pueblo/ciudad› to go through
b) ( dejar atrás) ‹edificio/calle› to go past

c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

2
a) ( hacer atravesar) pasado algo POR algo to put sth through sth;

◊ pasado la salsa por un tamiz to put the sauce through a sieve

b) (por la aduana —legalmente) to take through;

(— ilegalmente) to smuggle
3 ( hacer recorrer):
◊ pasado la aspiradora to vacuum, to hoover (BrE);

pásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe;
hay que pasadole una plancha it needs a quick iron
4 (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio› to show
5 ‹examen/prueba› to pass
6 ‹página/hoja› to turn;
◊ pasado por alto ‹falta/error› to overlook;

‹tema/punto› to leave out, omit
1 (entregar, hacer llegar):
◊ pásaselo a Miguel pass it on to Miguel;

¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?
2 ( contagiar) to give, to pass on
1
a) ‹ tiempo› to spend;

◊ pasamos las Navidades en casa we spent Christmas at home;

fuimos a Toledo a pasado el día we went to Toledo for the day
b) ( con idea de continuidad):

◊ pasé toda la noche en vela I was awake all night;

pasa todo el día al teléfono she spends all day on the phone
c) pasarlo or pasarla bien to have a good time;

◊ ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?;

lo pasé mal I didn't enjoy myself
2 (sufrir, padecer) ‹penalidades/desgracias› to go through, to suffer;
◊ pasé mucho miedo/frío I was very frightened/cold

pasarse verbo pronominal
1 ( cambiarse):
◊ pasadose al enemigo to go over to the enemy

2
a) ( ir demasiado lejos) to go too far;

◊ nos pasamos de estación we went past our station;

esta vez te has pasado (fam) you've gone too far this time
b) ( enf) (fam) (ir):

◊ pásate por casa come round;

¿podrías pasadote por el mercado? could you go down to the market?
3
a) [peras/tomates] to go bad, get overripe;

[carne/pescado] to go off, go bad;
[ leche] to go off, go sour
b) (recocerse) [arroz/pasta] to get overcooked

1
a) ( desaparecer) [ efecto] to wear off;

[ dolor] to go away;
(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased now;

espera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled down
b) ( transcurrir):

◊ el año se ha pasado muy rápido this year has gone very quickly;

ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1
2 (+ me/te/le etc)
a) ( olvidarse):

◊ se me pasó su cumpleaños I forgot his birthday

b) ( dejar escapar):

◊ se me pasó la oportunidad I missed the opportunity

pasado,-a
I adjetivo
1 (último) last
2 (sin actualidad, trasnochado) old-fashioned: le di un número pasado de la revista, I gave him a back number of the magazine
3 (estropeado, podrido) bad: creo que esta carne está pasada, I think this meat is off
4 Culin cooked
un filete poco pasado, a rare steak 5 pasado mañana, the day after tomorrow
II sustantivo masculino past: no puede recordar el pasado más reciente, he's got a bad short-term memory
tiene un oscuro pasado, his past is a mystery
pasar
I verbo transitivo
1 to pass
2 (trasladar) to move
3 (dar) to pass, give: no me pasó el recado, he didn't give me the message
4 (hojas de libro) to turn
5 (el tiempo, la vida) to spend, pass
6 (soportar, sufrir) to suffer, endure: está pasando una crisis personal, she's going through a personal crisis
pasamos sed y calor, we suffered thirst and heat
7 (río, calle, frontera) to cross
8 (tragar) to swallow
9 (tolerar, aguantar) to bear
10 (introducir) to insert, put through
11 (un examen, una eliminatoria) to pass
12 Cine to run, show: este sábado pasan Ben Hur, they're putting Ben Hur on this Saturday
II verbo intransitivo
1 to pass: ¿a qué hora pasa el tren?, what time does the train pass?
Cervantes pasó por aquí, Cervantes passed this way
ya pasó, it has already passed
pasar de largo, to go by (without stopping)
2 (entrar) to come in
3 (ser tolerable) to be acceptable: no está mal, puede pasar, it isn't bad, it will do
4 (exceder) to surpass: no pases de los 70 km/h, don't exceed 70 km/h
5 (a otro asunto) to go on to
pasar a ser, to become
6 (tiempo) to pass, go by
7 (arreglarse, apañarse) pasar sin, to do without: puedo pasar sin coche, I can manage without a car
8 fam (no tener interés, prescindir) pasa de lo que digan, don't mind what they say
paso de ir al cine, I'll give the cinema a miss
9 (suceder) to happen: ¿qué pasa?, what's going on?
¿qué le pasa?, what's the matter with him?
pase lo que pase, whatever happens o come what may
♦ Locuciones: pasar algo a limpio, to make a fair copy of sthg
pasarlo bien/mal, to have a good/difficult time
pasar por, to put up with: paso por que me digas que estoy gorda, pero no pienso tolerar que me amargues cada comida, I can handle you calling me fat, but I'm not having you ruin every single meal for me
pasar por alto, to overlook: pasaré por alto esa observación, I'll just ignore that remark
' pasado' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
año
- añorar
- antigua
- antiguo
- atrincherarse
- caduca
- caduco
- desempolvar
- devengar
- enfado
- exposición
- exterior
- fecha
- guerrear
- honrosa
- honroso
- huevo
- inspección
- mañana
- moda
- oscura
- oscuro
- pasada
- poder
- preferir
- recién
- recordar
- renegar
- revolver
- romper
- soler
- trasnochada
- trasnochado
- volver
- ya
- accidentado
- atrasado
- calamidad
- comparación
- el
- hurgar
- luego
- lunes
- menos
- mes
- olvidar
- participio
- pasar
- remover
- rosca
English:
after
- ago
- appreciate
- beyond
- block out
- break with
- bumper
- bygone
- clarify
- climbing
- come out
- dated
- day
- day off
- deprivation
- dissociate
- disturbance
- do
- downturn
- expatriate
- forget
- free
- glance
- go
- go over to
- go through
- guess
- hand down
- lie
- move away
- murky
- notice
- now
- old-fashioned
- on
- ordeal
- out
- outmoded
- part
- past
- public
- rake up
- recapture
- remember
- remnant
- retrace
- shady
- sit about
- sit around
- soggy

* * *

pasado, -a

♦ adj

1. [terminado] past;

pasado un año a year later;

son las nueve pasadas it's gone nine (o'clock);

se pusieron en marcha pasada la medianoche it was past o gone midnight when they set off;

Comp

lo pasado, pasado está let bygones be bygones;

Comp
Am
lo pasado, pisado let bygones be bygones

2. [último] last;

el año/mes pasado last year/month;

ocurrió el pasado martes it happened last Tuesday

3. [podrido] off, bad

4. [muy hecho] [pasta] overcooked;
[filete, carne] overdone
5. [anticuado] old-fashioned, out-of-date

6. Fam
estar pasado [drogado] to be stoned

7. Comp
Fam
ese tío está pasado de rosca o [m5] de revoluciones that guy goes too far o over the top

♦ nm

1. [tiempo] past;

tiene un pasado muy sospechoso he has a very suspect past

2. Gram past (tense);

en pasado in the past (tense)

* * *

pasado

I adj tiempo last;

el lunes pasado last Monday;

pasado de moda old-fashioned

II m past

* * *

pasado, -da adj

1) : past

el año pasado: last year

pasado mañana: the day after tomorrow

pasadas las siete: after seven o'clock

2) : stale, bad, overripe

3) : old-fashioned, out-of-date

4) : overripe, slightly spoiled

pasado nm

: past

* * *

pasado¹ adj

1. (último) last

la semana pasada last week

2. (anterior) past

los pasados días the past few days

en tiempos pasados in the past

3. (estropeado) bad / off

los tomates están pasados the tomatoes have gone bad

pasado de moda old fashioned

pasado mañana the day after tomorrow

pasado² n

1. (tiempo anterior) past

en el pasado in the past

2. (tiempo verbal) past / past tense

Spanish-English dictionary > pasado
75 tono

m.

1 tone.

¡no me hables en ese tono! don't speak to me in that tone (of voice)!

subir el tono, subir de tono to get o grow louder; (volumen, ruido) to get angrier and angrier (situación)

tono de voz tone of voice

tono de llamada dialing o (de teléfono) (British) dial tone (United States)

2 shade, tone.

tono de piel complexion

3 tone.

tono muscular muscle tone

4 key (Music) (tonalidad).

tono mayor major key

tono menor minor key

5 vigor, strength, vigour.

6 hue, tone, shade, color.

* * *

tono

► nombre masculino

1 (gen) tone

■ el tono de su discurso the tone of her speech

■ no me hables en ese tono don't speak to me in that tone

2 (energía) energy

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a tono con in tune with, in harmony with

bajar de tono / bajar el tono to lower one's voice 2 figurado to tone down

dar tono / dar buen tono figurado to give class, give prestige

darse tono figurado to put on airs

de buen tono (elegante) elegant, stylish 2 (cortés) gentlemanly

de mal tono figurado vulgar

en tono airado in an angry tone

fuera de tono figurado inappropriate, out of place

sin venir a tono figurado for no good reason

subir de tono / subir el tono to speak louder 2 figurado to warm up

tono alto MÚSICA high pitch

tono bajo MÚSICA low pitch

tono mayor MÚSICA major key

tono menor MÚSICA minor key

* * *

noun m.

1) tone

2) key, pitch

3) shade

* * *

SM

1) [de sonido] tone

en tono bajo — in low tones, in a low tone

baja/sube un poco el tono del televisor — turn down/up the television a little

tono de discado Cono Sur —

tono de marcar — (Telec) dialling tone, dial tone (EEUU)

tono de llamada — (Telec) ringtone

tono de voz — tone of voice

lo noté por el tono de su voz — I could tell from his tone of voice

-ya me he dado cuenta -dijo, alzando el tono de voz — "I can see that," he said, raising his voice

2) [de palabras, discusión, escrito] tone

le molestó el tono de mi carta — she was upset by the tone of my letter

¡cómo hablas en ese tono a tu padre! — how dare you speak to your father in that tone (of voice)!

esa expresión tiene un tono despectivo — that expression sounds insulting

contestó con tono de enfado — she replied angrily

intenté tratar la cuestión en tono de broma — I tried to treat the whole matter lightheartedly

nos habló con un tono distante — her voice was rather distant as she spoke to us

un disco de tono más intimista — a record with a more intimate feel (to it)

• bajar el tono — to soften one's tone

bajar el tono de algo — to soften the tone of sth, tone sth down

• cambiar de tono — to change one's tone

cuando le dije eso se serenó y cambió de tono — when I told him that he calmed down and changed his tone o his tone changed

fue él quien cambió el tono de la conversación — it was him that changed the tone of the conversation

la reunión cambió de tono pasadas las nueve de la noche — the tone of the meeting changed after nine o'clock

• a este tono — in the same vein

• fuera de tono — [respuesta, comentario, actitud] uncalled for

• subir de tono — [discusión, conversación] to grow o become heated; [conflicto] to intensify; [quejas] to grow louder

las voces empezaron a subir de tono — they began to raise their voices

la oposición está subiendo el tono de sus ataques al gobierno — the opposition is stepping up o intensifying its attacks on the government

chistes subidos de tono — racy jokes

3)

• a tono — matching

ropa náutica y accesorios a tono — sailing gear and matching accessories

• estar a tono con algo — [color] to match sth; [diseño, comentarios] to be in keeping with sth

una escena final divertida, muy a tono con el resto de la película — an amusing final scene, very much in keeping with the rest of the film

una ideología más a tono con los tiempos — an ideology more in tune with the times

• ponerse a tono — (=prepararse físicamente) to get (o.s.) into shape; (=animarse) to perk o.s. up *

voy a tomarme un whisky doble, a ver si me pongo a tono — I'm going to have a double whisky to perk myself up *

4) (=clase, distinción)

• una familia de tono — a good family

eso no es de tono — that's just not done

• ser de buen/mal tono: ir a los balnearios era entonces una actividad de buen tono — visiting spas was quite the done thing then

una fiesta de buen tono — a fashionable party

es de mal tono hablar de esos temas — it is bad form to talk about such matters, it's (simply) not done to talk about such things

- darse tono

5) [de color] shade, tone

en tonos grises y azules — in shades of grey and blue, in grey and blue tones

• tonos pastel — pastel shades, pastel tones

6) (Anat, Med) tone

tono muscular — muscle tone

7) (Mús) (=intervalo) tone; (=tonalidad) key; (=altura) pitch

tono mayor — major key

tono menor — minor key

8) (Mús) (=diapasón) tuning fork; (=corredera) slide

* * *

masculino

1) ( altura de la voz) pitch, tone; ( manera de expresarse) tone

tono grave — serious tone

en tono cariñoso — in an affectionate tone of voice

se lo he dicho en todos los tonos — I've tried telling him every way I can think of

en tono de reproche — reproachfully

el tono en que lo dijo — the way he said it

2) (tendencia, matiz) tone

a tono con la ocasión — in keeping with the occasion

para estar a tono con los tiempos — to keep up with the times

fuera de tono — < reacción> uncalled-for; < comentario> inopportune

no venir a tono — to be out of place

ponerse a tono — (fam) to get in the mood (colloq)

ser de buen/mal tono — to be in good/bad taste

3) ( de color) shade

subido de tono — risqué

4) (Mús) key

5) (Audio, Rad, TV) tone

bajar el tono — ( reducir el volumen) to turn the volume down; ( hablar con menos arrogancia)

baja el tonito conmigo — don't take that tone with me

subir el tono — ( elevar el volumen) to turn up the volume; ( insolentarse) to raise one's voice

6) ( del teléfono) tone

este teléfono no tiene tono — I can't get a dial tone (AmE) o (BrE) dialling tone on this phone

- tono de marcar or de discado or de discar

- tono de ocupado

7) ( de músculos) tone

* * *

= tenor, tone, overtone, quality, shading, pitch, undertone, chime.

Nota: De timbre, campana, reloj, móvil o similar.

Ex. My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.

Ex. 'Get on with this,' the principal dictated, in a somewhat less severe tone.

Ex. Those materials they describe as ephemera must be collected and despite the derogatory overtones of the descriptor, carefully organized.

Ex. 'I'm rather surprised that Arnold would have bothered you with such a trivial matter, Ms. Bragge,' Wronski said with a reassuring smile which had an almost fatherly quality.

Ex. The darkest and the lightest shading took the shortest amount of time, the medium shading the longest.

Ex. The heading PITCH (Music) illustrates how to qualify a word by another in parenthesis to clarify the meaning = El encabezamiento TONO (Música) ilustra cómo modificar una palabra con otra entre paréntesis para aclarar el significado.

Ex. Speakers covered the history of the campaign to alert parents to racist undertones in children's books.

Ex. After hearing the chimes, dial your ten-digit customer identification number.

----

* cambiar el tono = modulate.

* con un tono + Adjetivo = in a + Adjetivo + tone.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar un tono = give + effect.

* de dos tonos = bitonal.

* de tono + Adjetivo = Adjetivo + in tone.

* en tono cáustico = scathingly.

* en tono mordaz = scathingly.

* en tono reprobatorio = reprovingly, reproachfully.

* en tono sarcástico = sardonically.

* establecer el tono = set + the theme.

* marcar el tono = establish + the tone.

* recitar en tono monótono = chant.

* relativo al tono = tonal.

* subido de tono = risqué, racy [racier -comp., raciest -sup.], bawdy [bawdier -comp., bawdiest -sup.].

* tener un tono + Adjetivo = have + a + Adjetivo + quality.

* terminar en un tono + Adjetivo = end on + a + Adjetivo + note.

* tomar un tono + Adjetivo = take on + Adjetivo + character.

* tono apagado = flat tone.

* tono auditivo = audio tune.

* tono continuo modulado = half-tone.

* tono de llamada = dial tone.

* tono de voz = tone of voice.

* tono ligero = light touch.

* tono muscular = muscle tone.

* tono rojizo = reddishness.

* tono superficial = light touch.

* voz + adquirir + tono = voice + take on + quality.

* * *

masculino

1) ( altura de la voz) pitch, tone; ( manera de expresarse) tone

tono grave — serious tone

en tono cariñoso — in an affectionate tone of voice

se lo he dicho en todos los tonos — I've tried telling him every way I can think of

en tono de reproche — reproachfully

el tono en que lo dijo — the way he said it

2) (tendencia, matiz) tone

a tono con la ocasión — in keeping with the occasion

para estar a tono con los tiempos — to keep up with the times

fuera de tono — < reacción> uncalled-for; < comentario> inopportune

no venir a tono — to be out of place

ponerse a tono — (fam) to get in the mood (colloq)

ser de buen/mal tono — to be in good/bad taste

3) ( de color) shade

subido de tono — risqué

4) (Mús) key

5) (Audio, Rad, TV) tone

bajar el tono — ( reducir el volumen) to turn the volume down; ( hablar con menos arrogancia)

baja el tonito conmigo — don't take that tone with me

subir el tono — ( elevar el volumen) to turn up the volume; ( insolentarse) to raise one's voice

6) ( del teléfono) tone

este teléfono no tiene tono — I can't get a dial tone (AmE) o (BrE) dialling tone on this phone

- tono de marcar or de discado or de discar

- tono de ocupado

7) ( de músculos) tone

* * *

= tenor, tone, overtone, quality, shading, pitch, undertone, chime.

Nota: De timbre, campana, reloj, móvil o similar.

Ex: My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.

Ex: 'Get on with this,' the principal dictated, in a somewhat less severe tone.

Ex: Those materials they describe as ephemera must be collected and despite the derogatory overtones of the descriptor, carefully organized.

Ex: 'I'm rather surprised that Arnold would have bothered you with such a trivial matter, Ms. Bragge,' Wronski said with a reassuring smile which had an almost fatherly quality.

Ex: The darkest and the lightest shading took the shortest amount of time, the medium shading the longest.

Ex: The heading PITCH (Music) illustrates how to qualify a word by another in parenthesis to clarify the meaning = El encabezamiento TONO (Música) ilustra cómo modificar una palabra con otra entre paréntesis para aclarar el significado.

Ex: Speakers covered the history of the campaign to alert parents to racist undertones in children's books.

Ex: After hearing the chimes, dial your ten-digit customer identification number.

* cambiar el tono = modulate.

* con un tono + Adjetivo = in a + Adjetivo + tone.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar un tono = give + effect.

* de dos tonos = bitonal.

* de tono + Adjetivo = Adjetivo + in tone.

* en tono cáustico = scathingly.

* en tono mordaz = scathingly.

* en tono reprobatorio = reprovingly, reproachfully.

* en tono sarcástico = sardonically.

* establecer el tono = set + the theme.

* marcar el tono = establish + the tone.

* recitar en tono monótono = chant.

* relativo al tono = tonal.

* subido de tono = risqué, racy [racier -comp., raciest -sup.], bawdy [bawdier -comp., bawdiest -sup.].

* tener un tono + Adjetivo = have + a + Adjetivo + quality.

* terminar en un tono + Adjetivo = end on + a + Adjetivo + note.

* tomar un tono + Adjetivo = take on + Adjetivo + character.

* tono apagado = flat tone.

* tono auditivo = audio tune.

* tono continuo modulado = half-tone.

* tono de llamada = dial tone.

* tono de voz = tone of voice.

* tono ligero = light touch.

* tono muscular = muscle tone.

* tono rojizo = reddishness.

* tono superficial = light touch.

* voz + adquirir + tono = voice + take on + quality.

* * *

tono

masculine

A (altura de la voz) pitch, tone; (timbre) tone; (manera de expresarse) tone

tono grave serious tone

en tono cariñoso in an affectionate tone of voice

se lo he dicho en todos los tonos I've told him time and time again, I've tried telling him every way I can think of

en tono de reproche reproachfully

—me da igual —contestó en tono despectivo it's all the same to me, she answered scornfully

no es lo que me dijo, sino el tono en que lo dijo it isn't what he said, it's the way he said it o it's the tone he used

B (tendencia, matiz) tone

el tono general de la conversación fue amistoso the general tone of the conversation was friendly

a tono con in keeping with, in tune with

no estuvo muy a tono con la ocasión it wasn't very in keeping with the occasion

para estar a tono con los tiempos to keep up with the times

fuera de tono: su reacción estuvo bastante fuera de tono her reaction was rather out of place

siempre hace comentarios fuera de tono he's always making inopportune remarks

no venir a tono to be out of place

ponerse a tono ( fam); to get in the mood ( colloq)

ser de buen/mal tono to be in good/bad taste

C (de un color) shade

éste es un tono de gris más oscuro this is a darker shade of gray

tonos pastel pastel shades

subido de tono risqué

D ( Mús) key

Compuesto:

tono mayor/menor

major/minor key

E ( Audio, Rad, TV) tone

bajar el tono (reducir el volumen) to lower the volume, turn the volume down

(hablar con menos arrogancia): baja el tonito que soy tu madre don't take that tone with me, I'm your mother

subir el tono (elevar el volumen) to turn up the volume; (insolentarse) to raise one's voice

F (del teléfono) tone

este teléfono no tiene or no da tono I can't get a dial tone ( AmE) o ( BrE) dialling tone on this phone

Compuestos:

● tono de discado

( AmL) tono de discar

● tono de discar or marcar

dial tone ( AmE), dialling tone ( BrE)

● tono de llamada

ringing tone

● tono de ocupado

busy signal ( AmE), engaged tone ( BrE)

G (de músculos) tone

* * *

tono sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( en general) tone;

◊ en tono cariñoso in an affectionate tone of voice;

en tono de reproche reproachfully;
el tono en que lo dijo the way he said it;
el tono general de la conversación the general tone of the conversation
b) (Rad, Telec, TV) tone;

este teléfono no da or tiene tono I can't get a dial tone (AmE) o (BrE) dialling tone on this phone;
tono de marcar or (AmL) de discado or (AmS) de discar dial tone (AmE), dialling tone (BrE);
◊ tono de ocupado busy signal (AmE), engaged tone (BrE);

no venir a tono to be out of place
2 ( de color) shade;
◊ subido de tono risqué

3 (Mús) key
tono sustantivo masculino
1 (de la voz: intensidad) tone, pitch
un tono alto/bajo, a high/low pitch
(: modo) lo dijo en tono despectivo, he said it in a contemptuous tone
2 (de un color) shade, tone
diferentes tonos de verde, different shades of green
3 Mús key
4 (del teléfono) tone
♦ Locuciones: familiar darse tono, to put on airs
a tono con, in tune with
a tono con los tiempos, in keeping with the times
de buen/mal tono, in good/bad taste
fuera de tono, inappropiate, out of place
figurado (algo grosero, obsceno) subido de tono, arrogant, (altanero) haughty
' tono' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acre
- agradar
- aguda
- agudo
- alta
- alto
- atonía
- bajar
- clave
- grave
- inflexión
- jovial
- rebajar
- salida
- sarcástica
- sarcástico
- sorna
- suave
- suavidad
- subida
- subido
- abrupto
- ácido
- agrio
- amigable
- atenuar
- bajo
- brusco
- burlón
- cálido
- cansado
- cantarín
- cortante
- decidido
- despectivo
- destemplado
- disuasivo
- elevar
- endulzar
- familiar
- humilde
- imperativo
- impertinente
- irónico
- magistral
- pastoso
- resuelto
- sequedad
- tajante
- teatral
English:
abrupt
- bawdy
- chord
- emphatic
- friendly
- hue
- injured
- key
- measured
- menace
- off-color
- off-colour
- pitch
- pose
- shade
- subdued
- talk down
- tone
- tune
- unnatural
- urgent
- coloring
- critically
- dial
- gentle
- high
- lilt
- monotone
- name
- note
- off
- pastel
- pleasantly
- racy
- rise
- risqué
- show
- step
- talk
- tint
- valentine

* * *

tono nm

1. [de sonido] tone;

bajar el tono to lower one's voice;

dar el tono to set the tone

Comp
tono continuo [de teléfono] Br dialling o US dial tone; Andes, RP tono de discado o de discar [de teléfono] Br dialling o US dial tone;
tono de llamada [de teléfono] Br dialling o US dial tone;

tono de marcado o de marcar [de teléfono] Br dialling o US dial tone;

tono de ocupado Br engaged tone, US busy signal

2. [de palabras, escrito, discurso] tone;

el tono con el que lo dijo the tone she said it in, the tone in which she said it;

¡no me hables en ese tono! don't speak to me in that tone (of voice)!;

habló con tono serio he spoke in a serious tone of voice;

lo dijo en tono de broma she said it jokingly;

la novela es de tono humorístico the novel is humorous in tone;

bajar de tono to quieten down;

cambiar de tono: la reunión fue cambiando de tono the tone o atmosphere of the meeting gradually changed;

aquí el texto cambia de tono at this point in the text the tone changes;

subir el tono, subir de tono [volumen, ruido] to get o grow louder;
[situación] to get angrier;
el murmullo/la protesta subió de tono the murmuring/the protests grew louder;

la conversación subió de tono the conversation got more heated;

subido de tono [atrevido, picante] risqué;
[impertinente] impertinent
3. [de color] shade, tone;

en tonos ocres/pastel in ochre/pastel shades o tones;

tono de piel complexion

4. [de músculo] tone

Comp
tono muscular muscle tone
5. Mús [tonalidad] key;
[altura] pitch; [intervalo] tone, US step
Comp
tono agudo high pitch;
tono grave low pitch;

tono mayor major key;

tono menor minor key;

tono puro simple tone

6. Informát tono continuo continuous tone

7. [en frases]
a tono: cortinas y cojines a tono matching curtains and cushions;

estar a tono con to suit;

un traje/discurso a tono con las circunstancias a dress/speech appropriate to o in keeping with the circumstances;

Comp
Fam
ponerse a tono [emborracharse] to get in the mood;

Comp

de buen tono elegant, tasteful;

Comp

ser de buen tono to be the done thing;

no es de buen tono mencionar la guerra it is not done to mention the war;

Comp

de mal tono crass, vulgar;

Comp
Fam
darse tono to give oneself airs;

Comp

fuera de tono out of place

* * *

tono

m MÚS, MED, PINT tone;

cambiar de tono fig: al hablar change one’s tone;

fuera de tono comentario, respuesta inappropriate;

estar a tono con algo be in harmony with sth;

ponerse a tono get into the mood

* * *

tono nm

1) : tone

tono muscular: muscle tone

2) : shade (of colors)

3) : key (in music)

* * *

tono n

1. (de sonido, voz) tone

siempre habla en el mismo tono he always speaks in the same tone of voice

2. (de color) shade

me gustan los tonos claros I like light shades

bajar el tono de voz to lower your voice

Spanish-English dictionary > tono
76 GETA

could

* * *

I)

(get; gat, gátum; getinn), v.

I. with acc.

1) to get;

geta orðstír, to get fame;

geta sér e-t, to get for oneself (góðs um œðis ef sér geta mætti);

geta gott af e-m, to get good of one;

with dat. of the person, geta váluðum vel, to be kind to the poor;

geta e-m illa, to do harm to one;

impers., getr e-t, there is (got);

eigi getr slíkan (there is none such) í konungs herbergjum;

2) with pp. of another verb, geta veiddan fisk, to be able to catch fish;

ek get eigi fylgt yðr, I cannot follow you;

3) almost like an auxil. verb with infin.;

ek Gunnari gat at unna, I loved G.;

geta at lita, sjá (to get) to see;

without ‘at’, er slíkt getr fœða jóð, that shall rear such a child;

4) to learn (lengi man þat er ungr getr);

5) to beget, engender (fótr gat son við fœti);

geta börn, to beget children (said of both parents);

6) refl., getast at e-u, to like;

því at mér gezt vel at þér, because I like thee well;

láta sér getit at e-u, to be pleased with;

eigi læt ek mér at einu getit, I am not pleased to have always the same, I want some change;

II. with gen.

1) to guess;

geta gatu, to guess a riddle;

geta rétt, to guess right;

geta e-s til, to guess, suppose;

geta í hug e-m, to guess one’s thoughts;

2) to speak of, mention, in speech or writing (þess er getit, sem gört er);

geta um e-t, to speak about (hann gat ekki um þetta fyrir sínum mönnum);

þess er við getit, at, it is told that.

II)

f. guess, conjecture (er þat geta mín, at);

spá er spaks geta, a wiseman’s guess is a prophecy;

ætla ek eigi þat til getu, at hann sé þar, it is not likely that he is there;

leiða getum um e-t, to make a guess at.

* * *

pret. gat, 2nd pers. gazt, pl. gátu; pres. get; pret. subj. gætí; sup. getið, but getað in the mod. sense of could; part. getinn; reflex. pres. and pret. getsk or gezk, gatsk or gazk, mod. gezst and gazst; with the neg. suff. gátu-ð, Korm. 224, Sighvat; gat-at, Lex. Poët.

WITH ACC.

A. [Ulf. begitan = ευρίσκειν; A. S. getan; Engl. get; O. H. G. gezan]:—to get; this use of the word, which is so common in Engl., is dying out in Icel.; it is found in the old poems, esp. in the old Hm.; it is used in law phrases, but is rare in common prose, even in the oldest Sagas; geta þögn, to get silence, a hearing, Höfuðl. 3, Hm. 8; geta orðstír, to get fame; en orðstír deyr aldrigi hveim sér góðan getr, 75; orðstír of gat, Eirekr at þat, Höfuðl.; ey getr kvikr kú, Hm. 69; sjaldan liggjandi úlfr lær um getr, né sofandi maðr sigr, 57; ef hann sylg um getr, 17; né þat máttu … geta hvergi, they could nowhere get it, Hým. 4; gambantein at geta, gambantein ek gat, Skm. 34; hvar gaztú vára aura, Vkv. 12; geta gjaforð, to marry, Alm. 6: geta sér, to get for oneself; hættr er heimis-kviðr nema sér góðan geti, Sdm. 25; sá er sæll er sér um getr lof ok líknstafi, Hm. 8; er sér getr slíkan sefa, Hkm. 19; góðs um æðis, ef sér geta mætti, if he could get it, Hm. 4; geta gjöld, laun e-s, 64, 124, Gm. 3; geta gott af e-m, to get good of one, Hm. 43, 44:—in law, nema hann getí þann kvið, at …, unless he can get that verdict, that …, Grág. i. 17; goðinn seksk ef hann getr engi (acc.) til at nefna féránsdóm, 95; ella skal hverr þeirra geta mann fyrir sik, 26:—in common prose, biðja konu þeirrar er honum væri sómi í, ef hann gæti, Fms. xi. 47; veit ek eigi hvar sú kona sitr er mér sé mikit happ í at geta, Ld. 88: to get, earn, svá at hann megi sér mat geta af sínu fé eðr verkum, Grág. i. 293:—to get, learn, fátt gat ek þegjandi þar, Hm. 104; lengi man þat er ungr getr, an old saying, Ísl. ii. 248; þá skal hann eiga stefnu við fimm lögmenn, þá er hann má helzt geta af (five lawyers of whom he can best learn, i. e. five of the wisest men of law) áðr hann segi hvern þátt upp, Grág. i. 3.

2. with dat. of the person added, mostly in reference to feeding or entertaining; get þér vel at borði þínu, keep a good table, Sks. 20; get þú váluðum vel, entertain well the poor, Hm. 136; nú er honum vel getið ( he has good cheer) af gnógum mat ok góðum drykk, Str. 7; geta e-m sumbl, to give a feast to one, Ls. 8; geta e-m fótlaug, to get him a foot-bath, Hkv. 2. 37; geta e-m drápu, to entertain one with a poem, Sighvat: the phrase, geta sér (e-m) vel, ílla, to do, cause good or evil to one; ofrmælgi hygg ek at ílla geti hveim er …, a loose tongue will bring evil to any one that …, Vþm. 10; en ef hann forðask minn fund þá mun hann sér ílla geta í því, if he shuns me he will do worse to himself, Orkn. 252 (in a verse).

II. joined to an infinitive, a participle, or a supine, to get to do (fá, q. v., is used in a similar sense),—hence to be able:

1. almost like an auxil. verb,

α. with infin. but without ‘at;’ ek gat’k unna Gunnari, I got to love G., Óg. 21; en sá gat taka við syndum, Sl. 6; ek gat líta, I got to see, beheld, Korm. 14 (in a verse); ek gat blóta, Hallfred (Fs. 94); getum hræra, we do rear, Edda; geta sjá, to get to see, Hkr. i. 205 (in a verse); hann gat teygja at sér, he did draw to himself, Edda 65 (in a verse); geta fæða, to give birth to, Am. 103; ef hann eignask getr, Hm. 78; hveim er eiga getr, Hkv. Hjörv. 9:—with ‘at,’ esp. in the phrase, geta at sjá, líta; þá geta þeir Hákon jarl at líta, earl H. got to see, behold, Fms. xi. 131; þá gátu menn at sjá land fyrir stafu fram, 656 C. 22; Sölvi gat at líta hvar þeir flýðu, Nj. 247; Enok gat at eiga þann son, Stj. 45; gat at heita, Rm. 42.

β. with part. acc., with a notion of being able, Lat. posse; Gyðingar gátu enga sök sannaða, the Jews could not prove any of their charges, 656 C. 19; því mér lízt svá, sem vér munim þá aldri sótta geta, Nj. 197; ef vér getum Harald Gráfeld af lífi tekinn, Fms. xi. 21; ok geta rétta fylking sína, 131; mikinn fisk ok fagran ok gátu eigi veiddan, iv. 89.

γ. so also with sup.; gátu þeir ekki at gört, Nj. 115; ok hætta á hvárt ek geta keypt (kaup, v. l.) fyrir yðr. if I can get a bargain for you, 157; Björn gat séð ( beheld) manna-reiðina, 260; ef ek gæta vel fyrir mér séð, 22; sem mest gat hann flutt eptir sér, Ó. H. 85; eigi at heldr gat hann veitt þann íkorna, id.; ef ek get eigi fylgt yðr, Fms. vi. 211.

2. absol. in old writers geta seems never to occur in the sense of to be able, but only periphrastically as above; but in mod. usage geta has almost displaced the old verb kunna in this sense, e. g. eg get það ekki, I cannot; getr-ðú komið, canst thou come? ef hann hefði getað, if he could have; ekki þurfti, eg gat, I could, and endless other instances.

III. impers. there is got, there is, cp. Germ. es giebt; eigi getr slíkan ( there is none such) í konungs herbergjum, Fms. vii. 148; þar getr stein (acc.) er asbestos heitir, there is got the stone asbestos, xi. 415; eigi getr vitrara mann, no wiser man is to be got; slíka menn getr varla til vitrleiks, Lv. 54; þar getr reykelsi, Hb, 8.

IV. reflex., in the phrase, e-m getsk at e-u, one is pleased at a thing, one likes it; því at mér gezk vel at þér, because I like thee well, Fms. i. 66; ok mun mér ekki at getask, nema hann sé sæmilega af höndum leystr, and I shall not be pleased, unless …, Ld. 298; at þú fengir mér konu þá er mér gætisk at, Fms. i. 289; honum gatsk ílla at þessu, Ld. 104; eru þeir nokkurir hér at þér getisk eigi at, Fms. vii. 104; konungr sagði at honum gatsk eigi at þeirri sætt svá búit, ix. 486; haf þökk fyrir, ok getsk mér nú vel at, vi. 372; segir, at henni getsk eigi at þessi ætlan, Finnb. 312; Þorgrímr bað hann til hætta hve honum gætisk at, 336; svá hefir þeim at getisk vápnum Franceisa, so they have tasted thus far the weapons of the French, Karl. 184: with sup., láta sér getið at e-u, to take interest in, be pleased with; eigi læt ek mér at einu getið, ‘tis not my taste to have always the same, I want some change, something new, Grett. 149 new Ed.; lát þér at góðu getið, rejoice in the good, Hm. 129.

B. To get, beget, engender, used alike of both parents, severally or jointly; fótr gat son við fæti, Vþm. 33: hve sá börn gat, 32; þá ek mög gat, Ls. 35; við systur þinni gaztu slíkan mög, 36; hann gat son er Guðröðr hét, Fms. i. 11; þat barn er þau geta, Grág. i. 178; ef austmaðr getr barn með konu, ef skógarmaðr getr launbarn með konu, 352; svein þann sem hón hafði getið með Abram, Stj. 114; dróttning gat son við Ívari, Fms. vii. 230; sonu marga Öndurdís við Óðni gat, Ht.; þau gátu sér son er Mörðr hét, Nj. 38; fíllinn getr eigi optarr en um sinn, Stj. 70; þegar sem þeir geta burð saman, 97; hann var getinn ( born) austr, Landn. 148; throughout Matth. i. the Icel. text renders begat by gat, cp. Mar. S. 19, Luke i. 35:—to conceive, þú munt verða getandi í kviði, Stj. 409. Judges xiii. 5; fyrir sinn erfingja getinn ok ógetinn, Grág. ii. 170; þú munt son geta ok fæða, Mar. 18; gefr hann son at geta þann er hon fæðir síðan, Mar.: reflex. to be engendered, þaðan getsk löngunin, 656 B. 7: to be born, Mar. 19.

WITH GEN., of the same form throughout, though different in construction and sense.

A. [Engl. guess (from the Scandin.?); Swed. gissa; Dan. gjætte; not in Germ. nor Saxon]:—to guess; geta gátu, to guess a riddle, Fas. i. 465; in the saying, opt verðr villr sá er geta skal, Fb. iii. 384; hvárt getr þú þessa, eðr veiztú með sannindum, Fms. ii. 260; ef þik hefði svá dreymt sem áðr gat ek, xi. 7; ok gat þess til, at þú mundir, Nj. 90; þess munda ek geta, at …, Lv. 104; þá fór sem hann gat, at …, Fms. xi. 22; ek get verit munu hafa Gunnar á Hlíðarenda, Nj. 35; sendimenn sögðu at hann gat rétt, Eg. 541; ef ek skal geta til, þá ætla ek …, Nj. 134; eptir því sem Halldórr gat til, Ld. 324; sem Ólafr konungr gat til, Fms. vii. 104, x. 354; get þú til (guess!) segir Stúfr, rétt getr þú ( thou guessest right) segir Stúfr, vi. 390; gat síns hverr til hvat skipum vera mundi, viii. 213; nú geta menn þess til at Gísli muni druknaðr vera, Gísl. 46, (tilgáta); þá get ek at á sína hönd mér setisk hvárr þeirra, Ld. 324: so in the phrase, geta til launanna í knefa e-m, to guess for the reward into another’s nieve ( closed hand), Sturl. iii. 151; geta í kollinn, to guess, guess right, passim.

2. to think, mean, almost like the American I guess; ekki get ek at hón sálug sé mjök djarftæk, I guess that she, poor thing, will …, Stj. 422; ek get hann eigi þessa eina hjálp okkr veita, 423, passim: recipr. getask, proncd. getrast.

B. [Found neither in Engl., Saxon, nor Germ.; lost in mod. Swed. and Dan.]:—to speak of, mention; þess er getið sem gört er, Grett.; gettu eigi vafurleysu þeirrar, Band. 28; öngra manna gat Kári jafnopt sem Njáls, Nj. 211; konungr þagnar hvert sinn er Þórólfs er getið, Eg. 54; þá þarf þess eigi at geta ef sættask skal, Fms. iv. 130; so also, geta um e-t, to speak about; Guanarr reið heim ok gat fyrir öngum manni um, Nj. 82; ok gátu fyrir henni um bónorðit, Fms. xi. 22; ok er ekki getið um ferð þeirra fyrr en þeir kómu til hirðar Rögnvalds jarls, iv. 130.

2. to tell of (in records etc.); þess getr Glúmr Geirason í Gráfeldar drápu, Fms. i. 25, 30, 38, 50, 55, 65, 91, iv. 62, 63, passim; en í annarri sögu er þess getið, at …, xi. 14; enn getr Einarr hversu Hákon jarl hefndi föður síns, i. 56; sem síðarr mun getið verða, as will be told later (i. e. below), 230; sem fyrr var getið, as is told above, v. 24: impers., e-s getr, it is told, recorded (in books, poems); þess getr í Hrunhendu, at …, opt skal góðs geta, a saying, the good shall be often spoken of, Hm. 102.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GETA
77 Concepts

   1) Concepts Promote Cognitive Economy

   From a psychological perspective, concepts are mental representations of classes (e.g., one's beliefs about the class of dogs or tables), and their most salient function is to promote cognitive economy.... By partitioning the world into classes, we decrease the amount of information we must perceive, learn, remember, communicate, and reason about. Thus, if we had no concepts, we would have to refer to each individual entity by its own name; every different table, for example, would be denoted by a different word. The mental lexicon required would be so enormous that communication as we know it might be impossible. Other mental functions might collapse under the sheer number of entities we would have to keep track of.

   Another important function of concepts is that they enable us to go beyond the information given.... When we come across an object, say a wolf, we have direct knowledge only of its appearance. It is essential that we go beyond appearances and bring to bear other knowledge that we have, such as our belief that wolves can bite and inﬂict severe injury. Concepts are our means of linking perceptual and nonperceptual information. We use a perceptual description of the creature in front of us to access the concept wolf and then use our nonperceptual beliefs to direct our behavior, that is, run. Concepts, then, are recognition devices; they serve as entry points into our knowledge stores and provide us with expectations that we can use to guide our actions.

   A third important function of concepts is that they can be combined to form complex concepts and thoughts. Stoves and burn are two simple concepts; Stoves can burn is a full-ﬂedged thought. Presumably our understanding of this thought, and of complex concepts in general, is based on our understanding of the constituent concepts. (Smith, 1988, pp. 19-20)

   2) The Nature of Concepts

   The concept may be a butterﬂy. It may be a person he has known. It may be an animal, a city, a type of action, or a quality. Each concept calls for a name. These names are wanted for what may be a noun or a verb, an adjective or an adverb. Concepts of this type have been formed gradually over the years from childhood on. Each time a thing is seen or heard or experienced, the individual has a perception of it. A part of that perception comes from his own concomitant interpretation. Each successive perception forms and probably alters the permanent concept. And words are acquired gradually, also, and deposited somehow in the treasure-house of word memory.... Words are often acquired simultaneously with the concepts.... A little boy may first see a butterﬂy ﬂuttering from ﬂower to ﬂower in a meadow. Later he sees them on the wing or in pictures, many times. On each occasion he adds to his conception of butterﬂy.

   It becomes a generalization from many particulars. He builds up a concept of a butterﬂy which he can remember and summon at will, although when he comes to manhood, perhaps, he can recollect none of the particular butterﬂies of past experience.

   The same is true of the sequence of sound that makes up a melody. He remembers it after he has forgotten each of the many times he heard or perhaps sang or played it. The same is true of colours. He acquires, quite quickly, the concept of lavender, although all the objects of which he saw the colour have faded beyond the frontier of voluntary recall. The same is true of the generalization he forms of an acquaintance. Later on he can summon his concept of the individual without recalling their many meetings. (Penfield, 1959, pp. 228-229)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Concepts
78 ἐπί

ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)

① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near

ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P⁷⁵; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.

ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.

α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).

β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).

ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)

α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.

β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.

γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.

② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near

ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.

ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.

③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.

④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on

ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).

ⓑ w. acc.

α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.

β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P⁷⁵. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.

γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.

δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.

ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.

⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.

⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)

ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.

ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.

ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.

⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).

⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).

⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over

ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.

ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.

ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.

⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.

⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.

⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against

ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).

ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.

⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.

⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about

ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.

ⓑ w. acc.

α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.

β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).

⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.

⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.

⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.

⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for

ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.

ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).

ⓒ w. acc.

α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).

β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί
79 VEGR

I)

(gen. -ar and -s; pl. -ir and -ar, acc. -u and -a), m.

1) way, road (á vegum úti);

2) fig. phrases, koma e-u til vegar, to bring about; fara til vegar, to go, proceed (ekki mun þér um, at kenna, hversu sem til vegar ferr); ganga (koma) til vegar, to come to an issue, be decided (gekk þat ok eigi til vegar); gera endiligan veg á máli, to bring it to an issue; venda sínum vegi, to wend one’s way;

3) way, mode, manner; þessir menn munu sœkja oss með eldi, er þeir megu eigi annan veg, if they cannot (get at us) in any other way; einn veg, one way, in the same way; annan veg, other-wise (er annan veg en ek hygg); þann veg, thus, in that wise (þetta er ekki þann veg at skilja); hvern veg, how (eigi veit ek hvern veg þá mun verða);þótti sinn veg hvárum, each of the two had his own opinion, they disagreed; á alla vega, in every way, manner, respect; á marga vega, in many ways;

4) direction; alla vega, in all directions, on all sides (kváðu við lúðrar alla vega í braut frá þeim); skjót annan veg, in another direction; snúa hverr síns vegar, each his own way, in different directions; flýja viðs vegar, to flee scattered about;

5) side, hand; eins vegar, on one side (var eins vegar sjór); á hœgra (vinstra) veg e-u, on the right (left) hand of; tvá vega, on two sides.

II)

(gen. -s), m. honour, distinction (er yðr þat v. mikill); til vegs guði, to the glory of God.

III)

f. pl. levers, see vög.

* * *

1.

m., gen. vegar; but vegs, Eg. 295, Bret. 262; vegsins, Hbl. 56; dat. vegi and veg; with the article veginum, Eg. 544; but veg, Fms. i. 9: pl. vegir and vegar, Eg. 544; acc. vega and vegu, the former is the better form, for the root is ‘vig,’ not ‘vigu;’ vega is also used in old adverbial phrases, as alla vega, marga vega: [Ulf. wigs = ὁδός; A. S., O. H. G. and Germ. weg; Engl. way; Dan. vej; Swed. väg; Lat. via; the root word is vega, q. v.]:—a way, road; vegir er renna til bæja, Gþl. 413; vegir allir, Eg. 543; þröngastir vegir, Fms. ix. 366, passim.

2. metaph. phrases; fara vel til vegar, to be well on ones way, go on, Fms. ix. 283; ganga til vegar, to be in the way towards, to come to an issue, vii. 136, Boll. 355; komask til vegar, Háv. 51; einum verðr e-ð að vegi, to find one’s way out; koma e-u til vegar, to put one in the way, Ld. 320; göra veg á við e-n, to travel with one, come to an understanding; göra endiligan veg á máli, to bring it to an issue, Bs. i. 905; var þat endiligr vegr hér á, Dipl. ii. 11; venda sínum vegi, to wend one’s way, Fms. xi. 425; verða á veg e-s, i. 9; ríða í veg með e-m, on the way, iii. 110; um langan veg, a long way off, Eg. 410, Hom. 7, Edda 30; um farinn veg, á förnum vegi, see fara (A. VI. 2).

II. special, partly adverbial, phrases; víða vega, far and wide, 655 ix. C. 1; miðja vega, midway, Gísl. 5; annan veg, another way, Grág. (Kb.) i. 153; á hvárn tveggja veg, both ways; á hægra veg. on the right hand, Fms. x. 16; á vinstra veg. Mar.; tvá vega, both ways, Fms. x. 14; á alla vega, to all sides, Grág. (Kb.) i. 148; á alla vega frá, 119; flýði sins vegar hvár, Fms. vii. 250, Ver. 11; sinn veg hverr, Landn. 36; flýja víðs vegar, to fly scattered about, Eg. 530, Fms. vi. 87; á verra veg, to the worse, i. 270; á alla vega, in every way, manner, respect. Ld. 222, Fms. xi. 76; á marga vega, Skálda ii. 148; á þrá vega, Hom. 157; fjóra vega, on four sides, D. N. iv. 506.

2. engi veg, in no way, Blas. 43; hverngi veg, howsoever Grág. (Kb.) i. 75; annan veg, otherwise, Fms. vii. 263; einn veg, one way, in the same way, Grág. i. 490; er eigi einn veg farit úgæfu okkarri, Nj. 183; engan veg, in nowise, Fas. ii. 150: gen., eins vegar, on one side, Art.; annars vegar, Fms. viii. 228; hins vegar, on the farther side; síns vegar hverr, one on each side, Pr. 71, Fbr. 67 new Ed.; til vinstra vegsins, Hbl. 56; skógrinn var til hægra vegs, Eg. 295.

III. a region, county; in local names, Austr-vegir, Suðr-vegir, Nór-egr.

IV. peculiar forms are megin (acc. sing.) and megum (dat. pl., see p. 421, col. 2), dropping the initial v and prefixing the m from a preceding dative, the true forms being -egum, -eginn, as in báðum-egum, öllum-eginn, sínum-eginn, hinum-egum, þeim-egin, tveim-egum, whence báðu-megin … tveim-megin; the v remains in tveim vegum, Gþl. 418; nörðrum veginn, B. K. 32, 97; nörðra veginn, 97; tveim veginn, Sks. 414 B.

2. suffixed to pronouns, einn, hinn, hvern, þann, sinn, in the forms -ig, -og, -ug; einn-ig, also; hinn-ig or hinn-og, the other way; hvern-ig, hvern-og, how; þann-ig, þann-og, thither; sinns-egin, sinn-og, (see these words, as also hinn B, p. 264; sinn B, p. 529; so also in Nór-egr, q. v.)

B. vegna, a gen. pl. (?); þær heiðar er vatnsföll deilir af tveggja vegna, on both sides, Grág. i. 440; stukku menn frá tveggja vegna, Eg. 289; senda fjögurra vegna, Fms. i. 209.

II. á vegna e-s, on one’s behalf; this is only found in later vellums, and is said to be derived from the Germ. von wegen (Grimm’s Gramm. iii. 266); which etymology is strongly supported by the fact, that af vegna or á vegna (= Germ. von wegen) is the oldest form; af hins fátæka vegna, Stj. 151; af staðarins vegna, Vm. 55; kom á stefnu fyrir oss Sira Einarr ráðsmaðr af vegna Hóla-kirkju, Dipl. ii. 18; á vegna (= af vegna) Árna, Vm. 131.

2. then, dropping the particle, simply vegna; vegna e-s, on one’s account or behalf, on the part of; jarls vegna, Fms. x. 113, v. l.; staðarins vegna, Dipl. iii. 9, v. 9; minna vegna, on my behalf, Fms. iii. 154 (a late vellum); várra vegna, H. E. i. 436; sem Halldórr hafði áðr fram leitt sinna vegna, Dipl. ii. 5; Loðinn gaf upp sinna vegna, Fms. x. 99.

3. lastly, in mod. usage it has become a regular prep. with gen., having displaced the old fyrir … sakir; but in this sense it is hardly found in vellums; but in inaccurate paper transcripts it is often substituted for the ‘sakir’ of the vellum; cp. Vd. old Ed. 100 and Fs. ch. 24 fine; alls vegna, Þórð. 63 old Ed.; but fyrir alls sakir, new Ed. 13, l. c.

C. COMPDS: vegabót, vegarfall, vegarganga, vegalauss, vegaleysi, vegamót, vegarán, vegaskil, vegsummerki.

2.

m., gen. vegs, glory, honour; er yðr þat vegr mikill, Eg. 410; þótti þeim miklu minni vegr at þessum, 67; leita e-m vegs, Nj. 78; með miklum veg, ok þó eigi allir með jöfnum veg, Fms. x. 170; skína með mikilli birti ok veg, i. 77; rekinn frá öllum veg, es fyrr vas prýddr öllum veg, Eluc. 13; þeim sé vegr ok veldi, lof ok dýrð, 623. 57: so in the phrase, hafa veg ok vanda af e-u, to have both the honour and the responsibility of a thing.

COMPDS: vegsboð, vegskona, vegslauss, vegsmunir.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > VEGR
80 just

I
adjective
1) (right and fair: not favouring one more than another: a fair and just decision.) justo

2) (reasonable; based on one's rights: He certainly has a just claim to the money.) justo

3) (deserved: He got his just reward when he crashed the stolen car and broke his leg.) merecido

•

- justly
- justness
II
adverb
1) ((often with as) exactly or precisely: This penknife is just what I needed; He was behaving just as if nothing had happened; The house was just as I'd remembered it.) exactamente

2) ((with as) quite: This dress is just as nice as that one.) exactamente

3) (very lately or recently: He has just gone out of the house.) acabar de, ahora mismo, hace un momento

4) (on the point of; in the process of: She is just coming through the door.) en este momento

5) (at the particular moment: The telephone rang just as I was leaving.) justo, en el mismo instante/momento en que

6) ((often with only) barely: We have only just enough milk to last till Friday; I just managed to escape; You came just in time.) a penas

7) (only; merely: They waited for six hours just to get a glimpse of the Queen; `Where are you going?' `Just to the post office'; Could you wait just a minute?) sólamente

8) (used for emphasis, eg with commands: Just look at that mess!; That just isn't true!; I just don't know what to do.) ¡pero!; de verdad

9) (absolutely: The weather is just marvellous.) absolutamente

•

- just about
- just now
- just then

just¹ adj justo

a just punishment un castigo justo

just² adv

1. justo / exactamente

it's just what I wanted es justo lo que quería

2. justo

it started to rain just as I went out empezó a llover justo cuando salí de casa

you can leave the box just here puedes dejar la caja aquí mismo

I work just round the corner trabajo justo a la vuelta de la esquina

3. por poco

I just missed the train perdí el tren por muy poco

4. sólo

I just rang to say hello sólo he llamado para saludarte

just a minute un momento

to have just done something acabar de hacer algo

I've just arrived acabo de llegar

he had just heard the news acababa de oír la noticia

just yet todavía

it's not ready just yet todavía no está listo

just

tr[ʤʌst]

adjective

1 (fair) justo,-a

■ a just man un hombre justo

2 (justifiable) fundado,-a, justificado,-a

■ just criticism una crítica justificada

3 (deserved) merecido,-a

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

to get one's just desserts llevar su merecido

————————

just

tr[ʤʌst]

adverb

1 (exactly) exactamente, precisamente, justo

■ just as I expected tal como esperaba

■ just as you like como quieras

■ just over there allí mismo

■ this is just what I needed esto es justo lo que necesitaba

2 (only) solamente, sólo

■ just a moment, please un momento, por favor

■ no sugar for me, please, just milk no quiero azúcar, gracias, sólo leche

■ don't worry, it's just a scratch! ¡no te preocupes, no es más que un rasguño!

3 (barely) apenas, por poco

■ I ran all the way and (only) just caught the bus fui corriendo y cogí el autobús por poco

4 (right now) en este momento

■ I'm just finishing it lo acabo ahora mismo

5 (simply) sencillamente

■ we could just stay here and wait for her pues, sencillamente podríamos quedarnos aquí y esperarla

6 (for emphasis)

■ I just don't know es que no lo sé

■ he's just as clever as you are él es tan inteligente como tú

7 (used to interrupt)

■ just shut up, will you? ¡cállese, por favor!

8 familiar (really) realmente, verdaderamente

■ the weather's just marvellous hace un tiempo realmente maravilloso

phrase to have just + pres part

1 acabar de + infin

■ he has just telephoned acaba de telefonear

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

just about prácticamente

just as well menos mal

just in case por si acaso

just like that! ¡sin más!

just so (tidy) ordenado,-a, arreglado,-a 2 (as a reply) sí, exactamente

just then en ese momento

just the same (not different) exactamente igual 2 (nevertheless) sin embargo, no obstante

just the thing justo lo que hacía falta

just ['ʤʌst] adv

1) exactly: justo, precisamente, exactamente

2) possibly: posiblemente

it just might work: tal vez resulte

3) barely: justo, apenas

just in time: justo a tiempo

4) only: sólo, solamente, nada más

just us: sólo nosotros

5) quite: muy, simplemente

it's just horrible!: ¡qué horrible!

6)

to have just (done something) : acabar de (hacer algo)

he just called: acaba de llamar

just adj

: justo

♦ justly adv

just

adj.

• debido, -a adj.

• derecho, -a adj.

• entero, -a adj.

• equitativo, -a adj.

• justiciero, -a adj.

• justo, -a adj.

• lícito, -a adj.

• recto, -a adj.

• sólo, -a adj.

adv.

• apenas adv.

• casi no adv.

• justamente adv.

• justo adv.

• no más que adv.

• recién adv.

• sólo adv.

I dʒʌst
adjective <decision/person> justo

II

adverb

1)

a) ( in recent past)

she's just left — se acaba de ir, recién se fue (AmL)

she'd only just finished — acababa de terminar, recién había terminado (AmL)

just married — recién casados

just recently I've begun to notice that... — últimamente he empezado a darme cuenta de que...

b) (now, at the moment)

she's just on her way — está en camino

I was just about to leave when he called — estaba a punto de salir cuando llamó

2)

a) ( barely) justo

I arrived just in time — llegué justo a tiempo

it's only just over the recommended minimum — está apenas por encima del mínimo recomendado

I just missed him — no lo vi por poco or por apenas unos minutos

b) ( a little)

just above the knee — justo or apenas encima de la rodilla

I waited just outside the shop — esperé en la puerta de la tienda

3)

a) ( only) sólo

I'll be with you in just a moment — enseguida or en un segundo estoy con usted

there's just one left — queda sólo uno, queda uno nomás (AmL)

just a moment, you're confusing two issues there — un momento: estás confundiendo dos problemas distintos

I went there just once — fui sólo una vez

she was just three when her father died — tenía apenas or sólo tres años cuando murió su padre

would you like some more? - just a little, please — ¿quieres más? - bueno, un poquito

just occasionally — muy de vez en cuando

b) ( simply)

I just stopped by to say hello — pasé para saludarte

that's just gossip — no son más que chismes, son puros chismes (fam)

they're just friends — no son más que amigos, sólo son amigos

it's just one of those things — son cosas que pasan

just because he's famous doesn't mean he can be rude — (colloq) el hecho de que sea famoso no le da derecho a ser grosero

just follow the instructions on the packet — simplemente siga las instrucciones impresas en el paquete

I'll just have to pack up and go — no me queda otro remedio que hacer la maleta e irme

he'll just make things worse — lo único que hará será empeorar las cosas

4)

a) (exactly, precisely)

it's just what I wanted — es justo or precisamente or exactamente lo que quería

the temperature was just right — la temperatura era la perfecta

just my luck! — me tenía que pasar a mí!

b) ( equally)

the desserts were just as good as the rest of the meal — los postres estuvieron tan buenos como el resto de la comida

it's just as well you're leaving — menos mal que te vas

5) ( emphatic use)

I just can't understand it — simplemente no lo entiendo

I just adore champagne — a mí me encanta el champán

I'm feeling just fine now — ahora me siento muy bien

just leave it here — déjelo aquí, déjelo aquí nomás (AmL)

regret it? don't I just! — ¿que si me arrepiento? si me arrepentiré...!

just you wait, you little rascal! — ya vas a ver, bandido!

just go away, will you? — mira, vete, hazme el favor

6)

a) ( giving explanation)

it's just that... — lo que pasa es que...

b) ( indicating possibility)

it may just happen — podría suceder

7)

just about: I've just about finished now casi he terminado, prácticamente he terminado; did you get enough to eat? - just about — ¿te dieron bastante de comer? - más o menos

I [dʒʌst]
1. ADJ

1) (=fair) [person, system] justo

as is only just — como es justo, como es de razón

2) (=deserved) [praise, reward] merecido; [punishment] apropiado, justo

3) (=justified) [complaint, criticism] justificado; [opinion] lógico; deserts

4) (=accurate) [account] correcto; [assessment] correcto, exacto

2.

NPL

the just — los justos

II

[dʒʌst]
ADVERB
1) (relating to time)

a) (=at this moment) ahora mismo

we're just off — nos vamos ahora mismo

I'm just coming! — ¡ya voy!

"have some tea!" - "actually, I was just going" — -tómate un té -en realidad ya me iba

b) (=at that moment) justo

he was just leaving when the phone rang — estaba justo saliendo cuando sonó el teléfono

c) (=recently, a moment ago)

we were just talking about that — precisamente or ahora mismo estábamos hablando de eso

• just cooked — recién hecho

• it's just gone 10 o'clock — acaban de dar las diez

• to have just done sth — acabar de hacer algo

he has just left — acaba de irse

he had just left — acababa de irse

• just married — recién casados

• the book is just out — el libro acaba de salir

• it's just past 10 o'clock — acaban de dar las diez

d) (in expressions specifying "when")

• just after I arrived — poco después de mi llegada

just after Christmas — justo después de Navidad

it's just after 9 o'clock — son las nueve un poco pasadas

• just as I arrived — justo cuando yo llegaba

just as it started to rain — justo cuando empezó a llover, en el momento en que empezó a llover

• just before I arrived — poco antes de mi llegada

just before Christmas — justo antes de Navidad

• I saw him just this minute — lo he visto hace un momento

I've just this minute finished it — acabo de terminarlo en este momento

• just at that moment — en ese mismo momento or instante

• just this morning — esta misma mañana

• just when it was going well... — precisamente or justamente cuando iba bien...

• just yesterday — ayer mismo

• "are you leaving?" - "not just yet" — -¿te vas? -aún or todavía no
now 1., 6), recently, then 1., 1)
2) (=barely) por poco

we (only) just missed it — lo perdimos por muy poco

I (only) just caught it — lo alcancé por un pelo, por poco lo pierdo

• we had just enough money — teníamos el dinero justo

• he missed the train, but only just — perdió el tren, pero por poco

he passed, but only just — aprobó pero por los pelos

• we arrived just in time — por poco no llegamos, llegamos justo a tiempo

3) (=slightly)

• just over/ under two kilos — un poco más de/menos de dos kilos

it's just over/under two kilos — pasa de/no llega a los dos kilos

• just to the left/right — un poco más a la izquierda/derecha

just to one side — a un lado

4) (=exactly) justo, exactamente

it's just my size — es justo or exactamente mi talla

it's just the same — es justo or exactamente igual

just here/there — aquí/ahí mismo

just behind/in front of/next to etc — justo detrás/delante de/al lado de etc

it's just (on) 10 (o'clock) — son las diez en punto

it cost just (on) £20 — me costó veinte libras justas

just how many we don't know — no sabemos exactamente cuántos

• that's just it! — ¡ahí está! *, ¡esa es la cuestión!

• he's just like his father — (physically, in behaviour) es idéntico a su padre

that's just like him, always late — es típico (de él), siempre llega tarde

they are just like brothers — son como hermanos

they have their problems just like the rest of us — tienen sus problemas, exactamente igual que el resto de nosotros

I can't find £1,000 just like that — no puedo conseguir mil libras así sin más

• that's just the point! — ¡ahí está! *, ¡esa es la cuestión!

• he likes everything just so * — le gusta que todo esté perfecto

• it's just what I wanted — es justo or precisamente lo que quería

that's just what I thought — eso es justo or precisamente lo que pensé

just what did he say? — ¿qué dijo exactamente?

just what are you implying? — ¿qué es exactamente lo que estás insinuando?
luck, right 1., 2)
5) (=only) solo, sólo, nomás (LAm)
In the past the standard spelling for solo as an adverb was with an accent (sólo). Nowadays the Real Academia Española advises that the accented form is only required where there might otherwise be confusion with the adjective solo.

they were just 15 when they got married — tenían solo or nada más 15 años cuando se casaron

he's just a lad — no es más que un chaval, es solo un chaval

it's just a mouse — es solo un ratón

don't take any notice of her, she's just jealous — no le hagas ni caso, lo que está es celosa or lo que pasa es que está celosa

• it's just around the corner — está a la vuelta de la esquina

• I just asked! — hum ¡preguntaba nada más!

• just a few — solo unos pocos, unos pocos nada más

• just a little — solo un poco, un poco nada más

• just once — una vez nada más, solamente or solo una vez

• it's just over there — está ahí mismo

• it's just a suggestion — es solo una sugerencia

• he's just teasing — solo está bromeando, está bromeando, nada más

• just this once — solo esta vez

• we went just to see the museum — fuimos solo para ver el museo

• just the two of us — los dos solos, solo nosotros dos

• I just wanted to say that... — solo quería decir que...
friend, note 1., 3)
6) (=simply) sencillamente

I just told him to go away — le dije sencillamente que se fuera

just ask the way — simplemente pregunta por dónde se va

I'm just phoning to remind you that... — solo llamo para recordarte que...

let's just wait and see — es mejor esperar a ver (qué pasa)

you should just send it back — deberías devolverlo sin más

he just couldn't wait to see them — tenía unas ganas enormes de verlos

• it's just one of those things * — son cosas que pasan

• it's just that I don't like it — lo que pasa es que no me gusta

• I just thought that you would like it — yo pensé que te gustaría
because 1., imagine 2), wonder 2.
7) (=specially) solo, sólo

• I did it just for you — lo hice solo por ti

8) (=conceivably)

it may just be possible — puede que sea posible

it's an old trick, but it could just work — es un viejo truco, pero puede que funcione

9) (in comparisons)

• just as — tan

it's just as good as yours — es tan bueno como el tuyo

you sing just as well as he does — cantas tan bien como él

the new one is just as big — el nuevo es igual de grande

this model goes just as fast — este modelo va igual de rápido

10) (in imperatives)

• just let me get my hands on him! * — ¡cómo lo coja!, ¡con que lo agarre! (LAm)

• just listen to that rain! — ¡escucha or fíjate cómo llueve!

just listen a minute, will you? — ¡escúchame un momento!, ¿quieres?

• just look at this mess! — ¡fíjate qué desorden!

• just wait a minute! — ¡espera un momento!

just you wait, he'll come sure enough — (reassuringly) espera hombre, ya verás cómo viene

just (you) wait until I tell your father — (threateningly) ya verás cuando se lo cuente a tu padre, espera (nomás (LAm)) a que se lo cuente a tu padre

• just you do! * —

• just you try it! * —

• just you dare! * — ¡inténtalo si te atreves!

11) (emphatic)

she's just amazing! — es una mujer increíble

"that dress is awful" - "isn't it just?" * — -ese vestido es francamente horrible -¡y tanto!

• we're managing just fine — nos apañamos perfectamente

• it's just perfect! — ¡es absolutamente perfecto!
plain 1., 3)
12) (imagining something)

• I can just hear the roars of laughter — me puedo imaginar muy bien or perfectamente las carcajadas

• I can just imagine her reaction — me imagino muy bien or perfectamente su reacción

• I can just see her face if I told her — me puedo imaginar muy bien or perfectamente la cara que pondría si se lo dijese

13) (in set expressions)

• just about, I've just about finished this work — estoy a punto de terminar este trabajo

it's just about finished — está casi terminado

I think that it was just about here that I saw him — creo que yo estaba más o menos aquí cuando lo vi

I've just about had enough of this noise! * — ¡estoy ya más que harto de este ruido!

to be just about to do sth — estar a punto de hacer algo

I was just about to phone — estaba a punto de llamar

• come just as you are — ven tal como estás

leave it just as it is — déjalo tal como está

just as you wish — como usted quiera

just as I thought! — ¡ya me lo figuraba or imaginaba!, ¡lo que yo me figuraba or imaginaba!

• just in case — por si acaso

just in case it rains — por si acaso llueve, por si llueve

I've prepared some extra food, just in case — he preparado comida de más, por si las moscas * or por si acaso

• just a minute!, just one moment! — (=coming) ¡un momento, por favor!, ¡voy!

just a minute, I don't know if I agree with that... — un momento, no sé si estoy de acuerdo con eso...

• just the same, I'd rather... — de todas formas, prefiero...

• that's just too bad! — iro ¡qué lástima!, ¡qué mala pata! *

• it's just as well — menos mal

it's just as well it's insured — menos mal que está asegurado

I wasn't expecting much, which was just as well — no esperaba mucho, y menos mal

it would be just as well if we checked the prices — más valdría que comprobásemos los precios
happen, soon
* * *

I [dʒʌst]
adjective <decision/person> justo

II

adverb

1)

a) ( in recent past)

she's just left — se acaba de ir, recién se fue (AmL)

she'd only just finished — acababa de terminar, recién había terminado (AmL)

just married — recién casados

just recently I've begun to notice that... — últimamente he empezado a darme cuenta de que...

b) (now, at the moment)

she's just on her way — está en camino

I was just about to leave when he called — estaba a punto de salir cuando llamó

2)

a) ( barely) justo

I arrived just in time — llegué justo a tiempo

it's only just over the recommended minimum — está apenas por encima del mínimo recomendado

I just missed him — no lo vi por poco or por apenas unos minutos

b) ( a little)

just above the knee — justo or apenas encima de la rodilla

I waited just outside the shop — esperé en la puerta de la tienda

3)

a) ( only) sólo

I'll be with you in just a moment — enseguida or en un segundo estoy con usted

there's just one left — queda sólo uno, queda uno nomás (AmL)

just a moment, you're confusing two issues there — un momento: estás confundiendo dos problemas distintos

I went there just once — fui sólo una vez

she was just three when her father died — tenía apenas or sólo tres años cuando murió su padre

would you like some more? - just a little, please — ¿quieres más? - bueno, un poquito

just occasionally — muy de vez en cuando

b) ( simply)

I just stopped by to say hello — pasé para saludarte

that's just gossip — no son más que chismes, son puros chismes (fam)

they're just friends — no son más que amigos, sólo son amigos

it's just one of those things — son cosas que pasan

just because he's famous doesn't mean he can be rude — (colloq) el hecho de que sea famoso no le da derecho a ser grosero

just follow the instructions on the packet — simplemente siga las instrucciones impresas en el paquete

I'll just have to pack up and go — no me queda otro remedio que hacer la maleta e irme

he'll just make things worse — lo único que hará será empeorar las cosas

4)

a) (exactly, precisely)

it's just what I wanted — es justo or precisamente or exactamente lo que quería

the temperature was just right — la temperatura era la perfecta

just my luck! — me tenía que pasar a mí!

b) ( equally)

the desserts were just as good as the rest of the meal — los postres estuvieron tan buenos como el resto de la comida

it's just as well you're leaving — menos mal que te vas

5) ( emphatic use)

I just can't understand it — simplemente no lo entiendo

I just adore champagne — a mí me encanta el champán

I'm feeling just fine now — ahora me siento muy bien

just leave it here — déjelo aquí, déjelo aquí nomás (AmL)

regret it? don't I just! — ¿que si me arrepiento? si me arrepentiré...!

just you wait, you little rascal! — ya vas a ver, bandido!

just go away, will you? — mira, vete, hazme el favor

6)

a) ( giving explanation)

it's just that... — lo que pasa es que...

b) ( indicating possibility)

it may just happen — podría suceder

7)

just about: I've just about finished now casi he terminado, prácticamente he terminado; did you get enough to eat? - just about — ¿te dieron bastante de comer? - más o menos

English-spanish dictionary > just

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Form follows function — is a principle associated with modern architecture and industrial design in the 20th century. The principle is that the shape of a building or object should be primarily based upon its intended function or purpose. Wainwright Building by Louis… … Wikipedia
The Blessed Trinity — The Blessed Trinity † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Trinity This article is divided as follows: I. Dogma of the Trinity; II. Proof of the Doctrine from Scripture; III. Proof of the Doctrine from Tradition;… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Sacrament of Penance — The Sacrament of Penance † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Sacrament of Penance Penance is a sacrament of the New Law instituted by Christ in which forgiveness of sins committed after baptism is granted through the priest s absolution to… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Celtic Rite — The Celtic Rite † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Celtic Rite This subject will be treated under the following seven heads: I. History and Origin; II. Manuscript Sources; III. The Divine Office; IV. The Mass; V. the Baptismal Service; … Catholic encyclopedia
The Church — The Church † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… … Catholic encyclopedia
The United States of America — The United States of America † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America BOUNDARIES AND AREA On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The nature of God in Western theology — The nature of God in monotheistic religions is a broad topic in Western philosophy of religion and theology, with a very old and distinguished history; it was one of the central topics in medieval philosophy.The Abrahamic faiths, Judaism,… … Wikipedia
The Art of Fiction — The Art of Fiction: A Guide for Writers and Readers is a nonfiction book by Ayn Rand, published posthumously. Edited by Tore Boeckmann, it was published by Plume in 2000, ISBN 0452281547. The book is based on a 1958 series of 12 four hour… … Wikipedia
The Counter-Reformation — The Counter Reformation † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Counter Reformation The subject will be considered under the following heads: I. Significance of the term II. Low ebb of Catholic fortunes III. St. Ignatius and the Jesuits,… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Big Lebowski — Theatrical release poster Directed by Joel Coen Ethan Coen (Uncredited) … Wikipedia
The War Against the Chtorr — … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

the+same+thing+in+a+different+form

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

the+same+thing+in+a+different+form

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: